Samsung Electronics Co 820SC PCS GSM/ EDGE Phone with Bluetooth User Manual 707SCII web

Samsung Electronics Co Ltd PCS GSM/ EDGE Phone with Bluetooth 707SCII web

Users Manual

Download:
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]
Document ID	884450
Application ID	5y/Q+Z+pJVAbOqDAugmqaA==
Document Description	Users Manual
Short Term Confidential	No
Permanent Confidential	No
Supercede	No
Document Type	User Manual
Display Format	Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize	227kB (2837542 bits)
Date Submitted	2007-12-27 00:00:00
Date Available	2008-06-24 00:00:00
Creation Date	2007-12-27 12:44:16
Producing Software	Acrobat Distiller 7.0 (Windows)
Document Lastmod	2007-12-27 12:45:36
Document Title	707SCII(web).book
Document Author:	user

Introduction
Thank you for purchasing the SoftBank 820SC.
Note
Ů¨Read this guide thoroughly before
using 820SC to ensure proper usage.
ď˝ĽUnauthorized copying of any part of this
guide is prohibited.
Ů¨After reading this guide, keep it for
later reference.
ď˝ĽContents are subject to change without
prior notice.
Ů¨Should you lose or damage this guide,
contact Customer Service ( P.25-25).
ď˝ĽNot all functions and services described in
this user guide are available in Japan.
Ů¨Accessible services may be limited by
contract conditions or service area.
ď˝ĽSteps have been taken to ensure the
accuracy of descriptions in this guide. If
you find inaccurate or missing
information, contact Customer Service
( P.25-25).
820SC is compatible with both 3G and
GSM network technologies.
ď˝ĽIf there are any missing/misplaced pages
in this manual, SoftBank will replace it.
Accessories
Make sure the following accessories are included in the package with handset. These accessories are also sold
separately.
For details on accessories or optional items, contact Customer Service ( P.25-25).
Battery
AC Charger
Utility
Software*
Stereo
USB Cable
Earphone Conversion
Cable with Microphone
*Utility Software updates/upgrades may become available via SoftBank Website (http://www.softbank.jp)
without prior notification. Please check for the newest versions of Utility Software and download as required.
Tip
â˘ For more about accessories, contact SoftBank Customer Service ( P.25-25).
â˘ Battery and AC Charger are available for separate purchase.
Contents
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .i
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
About This Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xiv
General Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xxvi
SAR Certification Information. . . . . . . . . . . .xxxiii
FCC RF Exposure Information . . . . . . . . . . .xxxiv
European RF Exposure Information . . . . . . . xxxv
1 Getting Started
USIM Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
General Information & Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Inserting & Removing USIM Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
USIM PINs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Handset Parts & Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
Handset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Display Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Sub Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Battery & Charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11
Before Using Battery or Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inserting & Removing Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In-Car Charger (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii
1-11
1-13
1-15
1-16
Power On/Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Power On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17
Power Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18
Time & Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Time & Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18
Time Zone Updating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
Changing Home Time Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
820SC Menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20
Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22
Switch Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22
Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Security Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Phone Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
Center Access Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
Network Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24
2 Basic Handset Operations
Initiating a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Receiving a Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Reject Incoming Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Answer Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
Activating & Canceling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ringing Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sound Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Recordings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-5
2-6
2-6
2-6
Engaged Call Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
Earpiece Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speaker Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voice Recording. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engaged Call Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7
2-7
2-7
2-7
2-8
Call Log Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
Viewing Call Log Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Calling from Call Log Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Deleting Call Log Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Call Log Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Call Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
Data Counter, Call Costs, & Call Times . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Edit Cost Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Display Call Cost during a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
International Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Changing Network Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Network Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Calling from Outside Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Emergency Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
3 Manner Profile
Minding Mobile Manners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Manner Related Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Manner Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Changing Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Offline Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
4 Entering Text
Text Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Text Entry Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
Changing Text Entry Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
Key Assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Entering Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Hiragana/Kanji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
Katakana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
Alphanumerics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
Symbols, Pictograms & Emoticons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
Line Breaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
Quoting Saved Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
Hangul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
Editing Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Deleting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
Copy/Cut, Paste & Undo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
iii
Jump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Prediction (Japanese) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
Learning (Japanese) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
Font Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
User Dictionary (Japanese). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
Saving to User Dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
SMS Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
5 Phonebook
Copy to USIM & Copy to Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Deleting Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
My Phonebook Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
6 Video Call
Before Using Video Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Initiating a Video Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Receiving a Video Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Engaged Video Call Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Saving to Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
Engaged Video Call Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
Phonebook Entry Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Adding Entry Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Saving from Call Log Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Video Call Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Category Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
New Category (USIM Card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Edit Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Add Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Using Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9
Calling from Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Speed Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Phonebook Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Editing Phonebook Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Default Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
iv
Sending Your Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
Selecting a Substitute Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
Retry Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
Voice Mute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
7 Mobile Camera
Before Using Mobile Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Mobile Camera Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
Rotating Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
Using Display as Viewfinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
Capturing a Still Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Camera Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
Capturing Still Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
Capturing Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Backlight Brightness & Duration . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Video Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Recording Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Adjusting Display Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
Backlight Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
Sub LCD Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8
Mobile Camera Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Camera Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Video Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Viewing Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
Viewing Still Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Viewing Videos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Editing Still Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
Editing Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
Create FlashÂŽ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19
Attaching Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20
9 Sound Settings
Changing Profile Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
10 Media Player
Before Using Media Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Playing Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
8 Display Settings
Standby Display Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
Wallpaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Clock Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Operator Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Menu Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5
Menu Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List Font Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zoom List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dialing Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Greeting Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Display Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
8-5
8-6
8-6
8-7
Create Playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5
Changing Music Player Settings . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Repeat Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6
Tone Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
Audio Skin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
Visualization Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
Playing Video. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Player Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
Repeat Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Tone Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11
Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
11 Managing Files(Data Folder)
Data Folder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-2
Default Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
Saved Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-3
Opening Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
Using File Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
Viewing Graphics/Animation with the SVG-T/FlashÂŽ
Viewer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Sorting Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Using Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-10
Using Image Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Sound File as Ringtone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Video File as Ringtone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting FlashÂŽ file as Wallpaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saving a vFile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Folder Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-10
11-11
11-11
11-12
11-12
11-13
Managing Files/Folders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14
Create Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing a File Name/Folder Name . . . . . . . . . . .
Moving a File/Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copying Files/Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vi
11-14
11-14
11-15
11-16
Deleting a File/Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-17
Deleting a Content Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-18
12 External Connections
External Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
BluetoothÂŽ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Before Using BluetoothÂŽ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-2
Sending & Receiving Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
Connecting Handsfree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-9
Changing BluetoothÂŽ Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-10
USB Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-11
Connecting to a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-12
Connecting to a Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-12
13 Security
Change Phone Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
Changing PIN/PIN2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-2
PIN Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3
Resetting PIN Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3
USIM Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Handset Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Phone Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-5
Password Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-5
Privacy Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Activate Secret Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Mobile Tracker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Recording Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-16
Playing Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-16
Changing Voice Recorder Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-17
Rejecting Incoming Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-8
World Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-18
Reject Withheld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Reject Unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
Black List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
Viewing World Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-18
Selecting Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-18
Restoring Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-10
Clear Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-10
Reset Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11
Reset All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11
14 Tools
Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Wake-up Alarm/Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Auto Power On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-5
Displaying Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Saving New Entries to Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-7
Viewing Saved Calendar Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-12
Editing Calendar Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-12
Deleting Calendar Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13
Calendar Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-14
Voice Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-15
Voice Recorder Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-15
Using Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-19
Converting Currencies or Units . . . . . . . . . . 14-20
Converting Currencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-20
Converting Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-21
Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-22
Dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-22
Interpreter (Japanese) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-23
15 Advanced Functions
Calling Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Auto Redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-2
International Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-2
Earphone call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-3
Handling Incoming Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5
Anykey Answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-5
Acoustic Shock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-5
Active Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-6
Side Key Silence/Reject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-6
vii
Side Key Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-6
Simple Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-7
Idle Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-7
Memory Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-8
Optional Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-2
Call Forwarding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-3
Activating Call Forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3
Cancel All. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-4
Check Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-4
Voice Mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-5
16-5
16-6
16-6
16-6
16-7
Call Waiting* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-8
Activating or Canceling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-8
Receiving a Second Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-8
Conference Call* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-9
New Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-9
Engaged Conference Call Operations . . . . . . . . . . 16-10
Join . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-10
viii
Restrict Outgoing/Incoming Calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-12
Cancel All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-12
Changing Network Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-13
Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-13
Show My Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-13
Adding 186 or 184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16-14
16 Optional Services
Activating Voice Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canceling Voice Mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Listening to Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Incoming Call Notification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Call Barring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-11
17 Messaging
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-2
Checking for New Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-2
Retrieving Complete Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-4
Using Received Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-5
Creating Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-6
Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-7
Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-8
Subject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-10
Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-10
Sending a Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-11
Slide Show. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-12
Changing the Style of Message Field . . . . . . . . . . .17-12
Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-14
Attaching/Inserting Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-14
Attaching/Inserting a File from Data Folder, etc. into
Message Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-15
Creating & Inserting a File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-18
Saving Created Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-19
Save to Drafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-19
Save as a Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-20
18 Messaging Folders
Viewing Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-2
Message Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-2
Message Window Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-5
Replying to a Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-7
Forwarding a Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-8
Sending from Drafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-8
Sending from Unsent Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .18-9
Deleting a Message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-9
Deleting Specified Message(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-9
Designating & Deleting a Mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-10
Deleting All Messages from a Mailbox . . . . . . . . . 18-11
Linked Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-11
Saving to Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-12
Saving as a Bookmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-12
Initiating a Call, Sending a Message, or Accessing the
Web
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-12
Using an Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-13
Viewing an Attachment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-13
Saving Attachments to Data Folder. . . . . . . . . . . . .18-14
Managing Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-15
Create Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-15
Edit Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-15
Security ON/OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-15
Moving Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-16
Delete Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-16
From Message List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-16
Saving to Phonebook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-16
Sorting Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-17
Move to Phone/Move to USIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-18
Saving an S! Mail Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-19
Message List Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-20
19 Server Mail
Message List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-2
Acquire Mail List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19-2
Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19-2
Delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19-3
Remote Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-4
20 Other Message Settings
Customizing Handset Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2
ix
S! Mail Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-2
Sending Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiving Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Message Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Default Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20-2
20-3
20-4
20-4
SMS Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-5
3D Pictogram Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-5
Reply with text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-6
21 Mobile Internet
Getting Started. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-2
Getting Online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-3
Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-3
Enter URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-3
Page Window Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21-4
Using Linked Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-6
22 Mobile Internet Files
Using Image Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-2
Saving Images to Data Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-2
Using Set As. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-3
Using Sound Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-4
Playing Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4
Saving Sounds to Data Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4
Using Video Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-6
Playing a Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-6
Saving Videos to Data Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-6
Streaming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-7
Saving Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-8
Saving a Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-8
Opening a Saved Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-8
Changing a Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-8
Deleting a Saved Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-9
Saving Bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-9
Saving as a Bookmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-9
Opening a Bookmark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-10
Editing Bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-10
Deleting a Bookmark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-11
History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-11
Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-12
Rendering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-12
Search Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-13
Copy Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-13
Reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-13
Page Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-14
Send URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-14
Server Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-14
Returning to Default Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-15
Encoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-15
Information Window Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-15
Lock/Unlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-4
Delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-5
23 Other Web Settings
Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23-2
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23-2
Cookie Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turning Java Script On/Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Text Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manufacture Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Browser Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23-2
23-3
23-3
23-3
23-3
23-4
Refresh Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23-4
Empty Cache/Empty Cookies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-4
24 S! Appli
Getting Started. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-2
S! Appli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-2
Network S! Appli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-2
Downloading S! Appli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-2
Starting S! Appli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-3
Exit, Pause, & Resume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-3
Exiting or Pausing S! Appli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-3
Restarting a Paused S! Appli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-4
mPet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-5
Selecting Pet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-5
mPet Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-7
Other Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-9
Comic Surfing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-11
Browsing Electronic Comic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-11
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-12
S! Appli Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-13
Backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-13
Application Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-13
Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-14
S! Appli Sort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-14
Reset S! Appli Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-14
25 Appendix
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4
Software Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10
Symbols & Pictograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-12
Managing S! Appli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-4
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-12
Pictograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-14
Details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-4
Memory List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-15
xi
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-15
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-17
Warranty & After Sales Service. . . . . . . . . . .25-24
Customer Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-25
xii
xiii
About This Guide
In this guide, 820SC refers to SoftBank 820SC.
In this guide, symbols represent 820SC keys; see
Instructions are described using mainly default
"Handset Parts & Functions" ( P.1-6). Softkey and
settings. When settings are changed, screen shots or
Multi Selector operations are indicated as shown
handset responses may differ from those depicted in
below.
this guide.
Softkeys
Screen Shots and 820SC Illustrations
Operation options appear at the bottom of Display.
Screen shots appearing in this guide are for reference
Press the corresponding Softkey to execute assigned
only and may differ from actual Display images.
functions.
Product illustrations may vary from actual product
appearances.
Press w
to Save
Save Select Play
Confirmations & Warning Messages
Messages not described in this guide may appear;
read all confirmations and warning messages
carefully.
Symbols
Softkey Operations
xii
Press c
to Select
Press o
to Play
Press
Assigned Function
Softkey
Multi
Operations
Selector
Use Multi Selector to select menu items, move
cursor, and scroll, etc. In this guide, Multi Selector
operations are indicated as shown below.
Basic Multi Selector Operations
j : Press u or d
s : Press l or r
a : Press u, d, l, or r
xiii
Highlighting
In this guide, "to highlight" means to move cursor to an item.
Menu Operations
Menu/Options operations are simplified with arrows.
Main Menu
APress
and select Settings â
Display settings â Wallpaper
Highlight an item and press c (Select)
For details, see "820SC Menus" ( P.1-20).
Options
ASelect Options Ď Send Ď Via
bluetooth
Press o (Options) to open Options
Highlight an item and press c (Select)
xiv
Safety Precautions
â˘ Read these safety precautions before
using handset.
â˘ Observe all precautions to avoid injury
to yourself and others, or damage to
property.
â˘ SoftBank is not liable for any damages
resulting from use of this product.
Before Using Handset
â Symbols
Make sure you thoroughly understand these symbols
before reading on. Symbols and their meanings are
described below:
Danger
Warning
Great risk of death or serious injury from improper use
Caution
Risk of injury or damage to property from improper use
Risk of death or serious injury from improper use
Prohibited Actions
Compulsory Actions
Attention Required
xv
Danger
Handset, Battery, & Charger
Battery
Use only specified battery and
Charger ( P.i).
malfunctions, electric shock or fire due to battery
If battery fluid gets into your eyes,
do not rub them. Rinse with clean
water and consult a doctor
immediately.
leakage, overheating, or bursting.
Eyes may be severely damaged.
Do not short-circuit Charger Port.
Prevent injury from battery
leakage, breakage, or fire. Do not:
Using non-specified equipment may cause
Keep metal objects away from the Charger
Port. Keep handset away from jewelry. Battery may
leak, overheat, burst, or ignite causing injury. Use a
case to carry handset.
xvi
â˘
â˘
â˘
â˘
â˘
â˘
â˘
Heat or dispose of battery in a fire.
Disassemble, modify, or break battery.
Damage or solder on to battery.
Use a damaged or deformed battery.
Use a non-specified charger.
Force battery into handset.
Charge or place battery near fire, heat sources or
expose it to extreme heat ( P.i).
â˘ Use battery for other equipments.
Warning
Handset, Battery, & Charger
Do not insert foreign objects into
handset.
Do not place metal or flammable objects in handset
or Charger. This may cause fire or electric shock.
Keep handset away from liquidfilled containers.
Keep handset and Charger away from chemicals/
liquids. Fire or electric shock may result.
Avoid sources of fire.
Keep handset out of the reach of children.
To prevent fire or explosion, do not use
Keep handset out of rain or
extreme humidity.
handset near gas or fine particles (Coal, dust, metal,
Fire or electric shock may occur.
Keep handset and Charger away
from microwave ovens.
etc.).
Battery or handset may leak, burst, overheat, or
ignite.
xvii
Do not disassemble or modify
handset.
Do not subject handset to shocks.
â˘ Do not open the housing of handset or Charger; it
may cause electric shock or injury. Contact the
SoftBank Customer Center, Customer Assistance
for repairs.
â˘ Do not modify handset or Charger. Fire or electric
shock may result.
cause malfunction or injury. Should handset break,
Subjecting handset or Charger to shocks may
remove battery and contact the SoftBank Customer
Center, Customer Assistance. Discontinue handset
use. Fire or electric shock may occur.
If an abnormality occurs:
If water or foreign matter gets
inside handset:
Should there be any unusual sound, smoke,
Discontinue handset use to prevent fire or electric
electric shock. Turn handset power off, remove
shock. Turn handset power off, remove battery,
battery, unplug the Charger, and contact the
unplug Charger and contact the SoftBank Customer
SoftBank Customer Center, Customer Assistance.
Center, Customer Assistance.
xviii
or odor, discontinue handset use to avoid fire or
Handset
Ringtone & Vibration Settings
Preventing accidents
Select settings carefully if you have a heart
â˘ For safety, never use handset while driving.
Pull over beforehand. Mobile phone use while
driving is prohibited by the revised Road Traffic
Law (Effective 1 November 2004).
â˘ Do not use headphones while driving or riding a
bicycle. Accidents may result.
â˘ Do not turn the volume up so high that ambient
sounds cannot be heard, especially when walking
in or around traffic to avoid accidents.
condition or wear a pacemaker/defibrillator.
Do not swing handset by the strap.
damage to 820SC.
During thunderstorms, turn power
off; find cover.
There is a risk of a lightning strike or electric shock.
Do not use handset with wet hands.
Doing so may lead to electric shock or
Injury or breakage may result.
Turn handset power off before
boarding aircraft.
Using wireless devices aboard aircraft may cause
electronic malfunctions or endanger aircraft
operation.
xix
Charger
Use only the specified voltage.
Do not touch plug blades with wet
hands.
â˘ Non-specified voltages may cause fire or
electric shock.
â˘ AC Charger: AC 100V-240V Input
SoftBank is not liable for problems caused by
charging handset abroad.
â˘ In-Car Charger: DC 100V-240V Input
Electric shock may occur.
Do not use step up/down
transformers.
Do not bend, twist, pull, or set
objects on the cord. Do not put
heavy objects on the cords or heat
or pull the cords.
Use of the AC Charger with step up/down
transformers may cause fire, electric shock or
Do not use multiple cords in one
outlet.
Excess heat or fire may occurs.
damage.
Fire or electric shock may result.
Do not use In-Car Charger inside
vehicles with a positive earth.
Fire may result. Use In-Car Charger only inside
vehicles with a negative earth.
xx
Do not short-circuit Charger Port.
Keep the metal away from Port. Overheating,
fire, or electric shock may result.
Do not use AC/In-Car Charger if
the cord is damaged.
Fire or electric shock may be caused. Contact the
SoftBank Customer Assistance to replace the cord.
Be sure to secure In-Car Charger.
Battery
If battery does not charge properly,
stop charging.
Battery may overheat, burst or ignite.
Avoid injury or accidents.
If there is leakage or abnormal
odor, avoid fire sources.
During thunderstorms:
It may catch fire or burst.
Unplug the Charger to avoid damage, fire, or
If there is abnormal odor, excessive
heat, discoloration, or distortion,
remove battery from handset.
electric shock.
Keep Charger out of the reach of
children.
It may leak, overheat, or explode.
Electric shock or injury may occur.
xxi
Handset Use & Electronic Medical
Equipment
This section is based on "Guidelines on the Use of
Radio Communications Equipment such as Cellular
Telephones and Safeguards for Electronic Medical
Turn handset power off in crowded
places such as trains. People with
implanted pacemakers/
defibrillators may be near.
Equipment" (Electromagnetic Compatibility
Implanted pacemakers/defibrillators may
Conference, April 1997) and "Report of
malfunction due to radio waves.
Investigation of the Effects of Radio Waves on
Medical Equipment, etc." (Association of Radio
Industries and Businesses, March 2001).
People with implanted pacemakers/
defibrillators should keep handset
more than 22 cm away.
Implanted pacemakers/defibrillators may
malfunction due to radio waves.
Observe these rules inside medical
facilities:
â˘ Do not take handset into operating rooms or
Intensive or Coronary Care Units.
â˘ Keep handset off in hospitals.
â˘ Keep handset off in hospital lobbies. Electronic
equipment may be near.
â˘ Obey rules regarding mobile phone use in medical
facilities.
Consult the manufacturer of other
electronic medical equipment
about radio wave effects.
xxii
Caution
Handset, Battery, & Charger
Handset Care
â˘ Place 820 SC on stable surfaces to avoid
malfunction or injury.
â˘ Keep 820 SC away from oily smoke or steam. Fire
or accidents may result.
â˘ Cold air from air conditioners may condense,
resulting in leakage, or burnout.
â˘ Keep 820 SC away from direct sunlight (Inside
vehicles, etc.) or heat sources. Distortion,
discoloration, or fire may occur. Battery shape may
be affected.
â˘ Keep 820 SC out of extremely cold places to avoid
malfunction or accidents.
â˘ Keep 820 SC away from fire sources to avoid
malfunction or accidents.
Usage Environment
â˘ Excessive dust may prevent heat release and cause
burnout or fire.
â˘ Avoid using 820SC on the beach. Sand may cause
malfunction or accidents.
â˘ Keep 820SC away from credit cards, phone cards,
etc. to avoid data loss.
Handset
Avoid leaving 820SC in extreme
heat (Inside vehicles, etc.).
Handset may heat up and lead to burns.
Volume settings
Keep handset volume moderate.
Excessive volume may cause damage to your
hearing.
xxiii
Headphones
Parts
â˘ Do not unplug by pulling the cord; may
damage the cord.
â˘ Keep the plug clean to avoid noise or malfunction.
Inside vehicles:
Housing (Keys side)
Keypad
Charger & External Device Port
Cover
Battery Cover
Handset use may cause other electronic
Side keys
equipment to malfunction.
Rotate Camera
Camera Ornament
Should skin irritation occur,
discontinue handset use and
consult a doctor.
Hinge Cap
Strap Eyelet
Strap Eyelet Cap
Skin irritation, rashes, or itchiness may result
Materials &
Finishing
Housing (Display side)
Mg
Housing (Speaker part, Battery Cover
PC
side)
Housing (Sub Display side)
PCă§GF30%
xxiv
Finishing
PCă§GF20%
Mixture material
Mixture material/
UV coating
PC
Mixture material/
UV coating
PC/UV coating
PC/UV coating
Zinc Alloy/
Nickel coating
Znă§ABS resin
ABS resină§
Urethane coating
Charger
depending on your physical condition.
Parts
Materials &
Charger & In-Car Charger
â˘ Grasp the plug (not the cord) to disconnect
Charger. Otherwise, fire or electric shock
may result.
â˘ Keep the cord away from heaters. Exposed wire
may cause fire or electric shock.
â˘ Stop use if the plug is hot or improperly
connected. Fire or electric shock may
result.
â˘ Keep In-Car Charger socket clean. If might
overheat and cause injury.
Disconnect AC/In-Car Charger
during long periods of disuse.
Be sure to unplug AC/In-Car Charger after use.
Use only the specified fuse
A 1A fuse is specified for In-Car Charger. An
improper fuse may cause damage or fire.
Always charge 820SC in a wellventilated area.
Avoid covering/wrapping Charger; may cause
damage or fire.
Do not use In-Car Charger when
engine is off.
Start engine before use; may weaken car battery.
xxv
Handset Maintenance
Do not expose battery to liquids.
When cleaning, disconnect AC/In-Car
Performance may deteriorate.
Charger to prevent shock or injury.
Installing In-Car Charger
If battery fluid makes contact with
skin or clothes:
Properly position the cable for safe driving to
Rinse with clean water immediately.
avoid injury or accidents.
Battery
Keep battery out of the reach of
children.
They may sustain injuries. And when using, do not
Do not dispose of exhausted
batteries with ordinary refuse.
Tape over battery terminals before disposal, or bring
them to a SoftBank shop. Follow local regulations
regarding battery disposal.
let them remove battery from handset.
Do not throw or abuse battery.
Do not leave battery in direct
sunlight or inside vehicles.
Battery may overheat, burst, or ignite.
Overheating or fire may occur and performance may
be reduced.
xxvi
Charge battery within a range of
5Â°C - 40Â°C.
Battery may leak/overheat and performance may
deteriorate.
If a child is using handset, explain
all these instructions and supervise
handsetâs usage.
If there is any abnormal odor or
excessive heat, stop using battery
and call the SoftBank Customer Center,
Customer Assistance.
Do not leave battery uncharged.
Charge at least once every six
months.
xxvii
General Notes
General Use
â˘ SoftBank is not liable for any damages
resulting from accidental loss/alteration of
any data on handset. Please keep separate
records of Phonebook entries, etc.
â˘ Handset transmissions may be disrupted
inside buildings, tunnels, or underground,
or when moving into/out of such places.
â˘ Use handset without disturbing others.
â˘ Handsets are radios as stipulated by the
Radio Law. Under the Radio Law,
handsets must be submitted for inspection
upon request.
â˘ Handset use near landlines, TVs or radios
may cause interference.
â˘ Beware of eavesdropping.
xxviii
Because this service is completely digital,
the possibility of signal interception is
greatly reduced. However, some
transmissions may be overheard.
Eavesdropping
Deliberate/accidental interception of
communications constitutes
eavesdropping.
Inside Vehicles
â˘ Never use handset while driving.
â˘ Do not park illegally to use handset.
â˘ Handset use may affect a vehicle's
electronic equipment.
Aboard Aircraft
Never use handset aboard aircraft (Keep the power
off).
Handset use may impair aircraft operation.
Function Usage Limits
â˘ These functions are disabled after handset
upgrade/replacement or service
cancellation:
Camera; Media Player; S! Applications.
â˘ After a period of disuse, these functions
may be unusable; establish a Network
connection to restore usability.
Handset Care
â˘ If handset is left with no battery or an
exhausted one, data may be altered/lost.
SoftBank is not liable for any resulting
damages.
â˘ Use handset between 5q
C - 40q
C.
â˘ Avoid extreme temperatures/direct
sunlight.
xxix
â˘ Exposing the lens to direct sunlight may
damage the color filter and affect image
color.
â˘ Do not drop or subject handset to shocks.
â˘ Clean handset with a dry, soft cloth. Using
alcohol, thinner, etc. may damage it.
â˘ Do not expose handset to rain, snow, or
high humidity.
â˘ Never disassemble or modify handset.
â˘ Avoid scratching Display.
â˘ When closing handset, keep straps, etc.
outside to avoid damaging Display.
â˘ When using headphones, moderate the
volume to avoid sound bleed.
â˘ Handset is not water-proof. Avoid
exposure to liquids and high humidity.
ă¨ŻKeep handset away from precipitation.
ă¨ŻCold air from air conditioning, etc. may
condense causing corrosion.
xxx
ă¨ŻAvoid placing handset in damp places
(Restrooms, bath/shower rooms, etc.).
ă¨ŻOn the beach, keep handset away from
water and direct sunlight.
ă¨ŻPerspiration may get inside handset
causing malfunction.
â˘ Heavy objects or excessive pressure
should be avoided. This may cause
malfunction or injury.
ă¨ŻDo not sit down with handset in a back
pocket.
ă¨ŻDo not place heavy objects on handset in
a bag.
â˘ Insert only specified devices into
Headphone Port. Malfunction or damage
may result.
â˘ Always turn power off before removing
battery. If battery is removed while saving
data or sending mail, data may be lost,
changed or destroyed.
Copyrights
Trademarks
Copyright laws protect sounds, images, computer
â˘ Licensed by QUALCOMM
Incorporated under one or more of the
following United States Patents and/or
their counterparts in other nations:
4,901,307 5,490,165 5,056,109
5,504,773 5,101,501 5,506,865
5,109,390 5,511,073 5,228,054
5,535,239 5,267,261 5,544,196
5,267,262 5,568,483 5,337,338
5,600,754 5,414,796 5,657,420
5,416,797 5,659,569 5,710,784
5,778,338
â˘ Video Call, 3D Pictgram, S! Appli, S!
Mail and Mail Art are trademarks or
registered trademarks of SOFTBANK
MOBILE Corp.
programs, databases, other materials for copyright
holders. Duplicated material is limited to private use
only.
Use of materials beyond this limit or without
permission of copyright holders may constitute
copyright infringement, and be subject to criminal
punishment. Comply with copyright laws when using
images captured with handset camera.
The software contained in 820SC is copyrighted
material; copyright, moral right, and other related
rights are protected by copyright laws. Do not copy,
modify, alter, disassemble, decompile, or reverseengineer the software, and do not separate it from
hardware in whole or part.
xxxi
â˘ "ComicSurfingÂŽ" is a trademark or
registered trademark of CELSYS, Inc.
â˘ "SOFTBANK," SOFTBANK's
equivalent in Japanese, and the
SOFTBANK logo are trademarks or
registered trademarks of SOFTBANK
CORP. in Japan and in other countries.
â˘ Yahoo! and the "Yahoo!" or "Y!" logos
are trademarks or registered trademarks
of Yahoo! Inc.
â˘ This product contains ACCESS Co.,
Ltd.âs NetFront Internet browser
software. NetFront is a trademark or
registered trademark of ACCESS Co.,
Ltd. in Japan and in other
countries.
xxxii
â˘ Part of the software in this product
incorporates a module developed by
the Independent JPEG Group.
â˘ THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED
UNDER THE MPEG-4 VISUAL
PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR
THE PERSONAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL USE OF A
CONSUMER FOR (i) ENCODING
VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH
THE MPEG-4 VISUAL STANDARD
("MPEG-4 VIDEO") AND/OR (ii)
DECODING MPEG-4 VIDEO THAT
WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER
ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
NONCOMMERCIAL ACTIVITY
AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A
VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED BY
MPEG LA TO PROVIDE MPEG-4
VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED
OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY
OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION INCLUDING THAT
RELATING TO PROMOTIONAL,
INTERNAL AND COMMERCIAL
USES AND LICENSING MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC.
SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
â˘ Contains MacromediaÂŽ FlashÂŽ Flash
LiteTM technology by Adobe Systems
Incorporated.
â˘ CopyrightÂŠ 1995-2005 Adobe Systems
Incorporated. All rights reserved.
â˘ Macromedia, Flash, Macromedia
Flash, and Macromedia Flash Lite are
trademarks or registered trademarks of
Adobe Systems Incorporated in the
United States and other countries.
â˘ JBlendTM is incorporated in this
product. JBlendTM is a JavaTM execution
environment developed by Aplix
Corporation for implementing
advanced performance and fast
operation on small-memory systems.
â˘ Powered by JBlendTM
Technology.
JBlend and JBlend logos are
registered trademarks of Aplix
Corporation in Japan and other
countries.
â˘ Powered by JBlendTM, ÂŠ1997-2006
Aplix Corporation.
All rights reserved.
xxxiii
â˘ JBlend and all JBlend-based
trademarks and logos are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Aplix
Corporation in Japan and other
countries.
â˘ Chaku-UtaÂŽ and Chaku-Uta FullÂŽ are
registered trade marks of Sony Music
Entertainment Corp.
â˘ Java and all Java-based
trademarks and logos are
trademarks or registered
trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc.
in the United States and other
countries.
xxxiv
â˘ Bluetooth is a trademark of
the
Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are
owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and
any use of such marks by Samsung
Electronics is under license. Other
trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
BluetoothÂŽ
In the frequency band of the BluetoothÂŽ
functions of 820SC, Industrial, scientific
or medical equipments such as
microwave ovens or in-house radio
stations such as the ones used in
production lines or by amateur radio
stations (Referred to as "other radio
stations" hereafter) are used. In order to
prevent radio interference with other
radio equipments, follow the points
listed below in using handset.
1.Before using BluetoothÂŽ functions,
confirm there are no "other radio
stations" operating near you.
2.In case there is a radio interference
with "other radio stations," move to
some other place or stop the
BluetoothÂŽ functions (Stop emitting
the radio waves) immediately.
3.If you have any questions or problems
with BluetoothÂŽ emissions, contact
SoftBank as listed below:
Contact: SoftBank Customer Center
From a SoftBank handset, dial 157 (toll free) for
General Information. See "Customer Service"
( P.25-25) for landline numbers by service area.
820SC transmits on the 2.4 GHz band, employing
frequency-hopping spread spectrum (FHSS)
modulation, with resistance to radio frequency
interference between 1.5 - 5 meters, depending on
usage environment.
xxxv
Health and Safety Information
Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF)
Signals
the scientific literature related to the biological
Certification Information (SAR)
measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate
Your wireless phone is a radio transmitter and
(SAR). The SAR is a measure of the rate of
receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to
absorption of RF energy by the human body
exceed the exposure limits for radio frequency (RF)
expressed in units of watts per kilogram (W/kg). The
energy set by the Federal Communications
FCC requires wireless phones to comply with a
Commission (FCC) of the U.S. government. These
safety limit of 1.6 watts per kilogram (1.6 W/kg).
FCC exposure limits are derived from the
The FCC exposure limit incorporates a substantial
recommendations of two expert organizations, the
margin of safety to give additional protection to the
National Counsel on Radiation Protection and
public and to account for any variations in
Measurement (NCRP) and the Institute of Electrical
measurements.SAR tests are conducted using
and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). In both cases, the
standard operating positions accepted by the FCC
recommendations were developed by scientific and
with the phone transmitting at its highest certified
engineering experts drawn from industry,
power level in all tested frequency bands. Although
government, and academia after extensive reviews of
the SAR is determined at the highest certified power
effects of RF energy.The exposure limit set by the
FCC for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of
xxxvii
level, the actual SAR level of the phone while
add that positions the handset a minimum of 1.5 cm
operating can be well below the maximum value.
from the body. Non-compliance with the above
This is because the phone is designed to operate at
restrictions may result in violation of FCC RF exposure
multiple power levels so as to use only the power
guidelines. SAR information on this and other model
required to reach the network. In general, the closer
phones can be viewed on-line at www.fcc.gov/oet/
you are to a wireless base station antenna, the lower
fccid. This site uses the phone FCC ID number,
the power output.Before a new model phone is
A3L820SC. Sometimes it may be necessary to
available for sale to the public, it must be tested and
remove the battery pack to find the number. Once
certified to the FCC that it does not exceed the
you have the FCC ID number for a particular phone,
exposure limit established by the FCC. Tests for each
follow the instructions on the website and it should
model phone are performed in positions and
provide values for typical or maximum SAR for a
locations (e.g. at the ear and worn on the body) as
particular phone. Additional product specific SAR
required by the FCC.
information can also be obtained at www.fcc.gov/
The highest SAR values for this model phone as
cgb/sar.
reported to the FCC are GSM1900 Mode(Part 24)
Head: 0.077 W/Kg, Body-worn: 0.171 W/Kg. For
body worn operation, this model phone has been tested
Consumer Information on Wireless
Phones
and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines whenused
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has
with a Samsung accessory designated for this product
published a series of Questions and Answers for
or when used with an accessory that contains no metal consumers relating to radio frequency (RF) exposure
xxxviii
from wireless phones. The FDA publication includes
connected to the telephone wiring in a house,
the following information:
typically operate at far lower power levels, and thus
What kinds of phones are the subject of this
update?
produce RF exposures well within the FCC's
compliance limits.
The term wireless phone refers here to hand-held
Do wireless phones pose a health hazard?
wireless phones with built-in antennas, often called
The available scientific evidence does not show that
Â°Ăcell,Â°Âą Â°Ămobile,Â°Âą or Â°ĂPCSÂ°Âą phones. These
any health problems are associated with using
types of wireless phones can expose the user to
wireless phones. There is no proof, however, that
measurable radio frequency energy (RF) because of
wireless phones are absolutely safe. Wireless phones
the short distance between the phone and the user's
emit low levels of radio frequency energy (RF) in the
head. These RF exposures are limited by Federal
microwave range while being used. They also emit
Communications Commission safety guidelines that
very low levels of RF when in the stand-by mode.
were developed with the advice of FDA and other
Whereas high levels of RF can produce health effects
federal health and safety agencies. When the phone is
(by heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that
located at greater distances from the user, the
does not produce heating effects causes no known
exposure to RF is drastically lower because a
adverse health effects. Many studies of low level RF
person's RF exposure decreases rapidly with
exposures have not found any biological effects.
increasing distance from the source. The so-called
Some studies have suggested that some biological
Â°Ăcordless phones,Â°Âą which have a base unit
effects may occur, but such findings have not been
xxxix
confirmed by additional research. In some cases,
urged the wireless phone industry to take a number
other researchers have had difficulty in reproducing
of steps, including the following:.
those studies, or in determining the reasons for
wireless phones before they can be sold, as it does
â˘ Support needed research into possible biological
effects of RF of the type emitted by wireless
phones;.
â˘ Design wireless phones in a way that minimizes
any RF exposure to the user that is not necessary
for device function; and.
â˘ Cooperate in providing users of wireless phones
with the best possible information on possible
effects of wireless phone use on human health.
with new drugs or medical devices. However, the
FDA belongs to an interagency working group of the
agency has authority to take action if wireless phones
federal agencies that have responsibility for different
are shown to emit radio frequency energy (RF) at a
aspects of RF safety to ensure coordinated efforts at
level that is hazardous to the user. In such a case,
the federal level. The following agencies belong to
FDA could require the manufacturers of wireless
this working group:.
phones to notify users of the health hazard and to
â˘ National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health.
â˘ Environmental Protection Agency.
â˘ Federal Communications Commission.
â˘ Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
inconsistent results.
What is FDA's role concerning the safety of
wireless phones?
Under the law, FDA does not review the safety of
radiation-emitting consumer products such as
repair, replace or recall the phones so that the hazard
no longer exists.Although the existing scientific data
do not justify FDA regulatory actions, FDA has
xl
â˘ National Telecommunications and Information
Administration
The National Institutes of Health participates in some
interagency working group activities, as well.
What are the results of the research done
already?
The research done thus far has produced conflicting
results, and many studies have suffered from flaws in
FDA shares regulatory responsibilities for wireless
their research methods. Animal experiments
phones with the Federal Communications
investigating the effects of radio frequency energy
Commission (FCC). All phones that are sold in the
(RF) exposures characteristic of wireless phones
United States must comply with FCC safety
have yielded conflicting results that often cannot be
guidelines that limit RF exposure. FCC relies on
repeated in other laboratories. A few animal studies,
FDA and other health agencies for safety questions
however, have suggested that low levels of RF could
about wireless phones.
accelerate the development of cancer in laboratory
FCC also regulates the base stations that the wireless
animals. However, many of the studies that showed
phone networks rely upon. While these base stations
increased tumor development used animals that had
operate at higher power than do the wireless phones
been genetically engineered or treated with cancer-
themselves, the RF exposures that people get from
causing chemicals so as to be pre-disposed to
these base stations are typically thousands of times
develop cancer in absence of RF exposure. Other
lower than those they can get from wireless phones.
studies exposed the animals to RF for up to 22 hours
Base stations are thus not the primary subject of the
per day. These conditions are not similar to the
safety questions discussed in this document.
conditions under which people use wireless phones,
xli
so we don't know with certainty what the results of
wireless phones would provide some of the data that
such studies mean for human health.
are needed. Lifetime animal exposure studies could
Three large epidemiology studies have been
be completed in a few years. However, very large
published since December 2000. Between them, the
numbers of animals would be needed to provide
studies investigated any possible association between
reliable proof of a cancer promoting effect if one
the use of wireless phones and primary brain cancer,
exists. Epidemiological studies can provide data that
glioma, meningioma, or acoustic neuroma, tumors of
is directly applicable to human populations, but ten
the brain or salivary gland, leukemia, or other
or more years' follow-up may be needed to provide
cancers. None of the studies demonstrated the
answers about some health effects, such as cancer.
existence of any harmful health effects from wireless
This is because the interval between the time of
phones RF exposures. However, none of the studies
exposure to a cancer-causing agent and the time
can answer questions about long-term exposures,
tumors develop - if they do - may be many, many
since the average period of phone use in these studies
years. The interpretation of epidemiological studies
was around three years.
is hampered by difficulties in measuring actual RF
exposure during day-to-day use of wireless phones.
What research is needed to decide whether
RF exposure from wireless phones poses a
health risk?
A combination of laboratory studies and
epidemiological studies of people actually using
xlii
Many factors affect this measurement, such as the
angle at which the phone is held, or which model of
phone is used.
do research on wireless phone safety. FDA provides
What is FDA doing to find out more about
the possible health effects of wireless phone
RF?
in government, industry, and academic organizations.
FDA is working with the U.S. National Toxicology
CTIA-funded research is conducted through
Program and with groups of investigators around the
contracts to independent investigators. The initial
world to ensure that high priority animal studies are
research will include both laboratory studies and
conducted to address important questions about the
studies of wireless phone users. The CRADA will
effects of exposure to radio frequency energy
also include a broad assessment of additional
(RF).FDA has been a leading participant in the
research needs in the context of the latest research
World Health Organization international
developments around the world.
Electromagnetic Fields (EMF) Project since its
What steps can I take to reduce my
exposure to radio frequency energy from
my wireless phone?
inception in 1996. An influential result of this work
has been the development of a detailed agenda of
research needs that has driven the establishment of
new research programs around the world. The
Project has also helped develop a series of public
information documents on EMF issues.
the scientific oversight, obtaining input from experts
If there is a risk from these products - and at this
point we do not know that there is - it is probably
very small. But if you are concerned about avoiding
even potential risks, you can take a few simple steps
FDA and Cellular Telecommunications & Internet
to minimize your exposure to radio frequency energy
Association (CTIA) have a formal Cooperative
(RF). Since time is a key factor in how much
Research and Development Agreement (CRADA) to
xliii
exposure a person receives, reducing the amount of
to radio frequency energy (RF), the measures
time spent using a wireless phone will reduce RF
described above would apply to children and
exposure.
teenagers using wireless phones. Reducing the time
â˘ If you must conduct extended conversations by
wireless phone every day, you could place more
distance between your body and the source of the
RF, since the exposure level drops off dramatically
with distance. For example, you could use a
headset and carry the wireless phone away from
your body or use a wireless phone connected to a
remote antenna.
of wireless phone use and increasing the distance
Again, the scientific data do not demonstrate that
wireless phones are harmful. But if you are
concerned about the RF exposure from these
products, you can use measures like those described
above to reduce your RF exposure from wireless
phone use.
What about children using wireless phones?
The scientific evidence does not show a danger to
users of wireless phones, including children and
teenagers. If you want to take steps to lower exposure
xliv
between the user and the RF source will reduce RF
exposure.
Some groups sponsored by other national
governments have advised that children be
discouraged from using wireless phones at all. For
example, the government in the United Kingdom
distributed leaflets containing such a
recommendation in December 2000. They noted that
no evidence exists that using a wireless phone causes
brain tumors or other ill effects. Their
recommendation to limit wireless phone use by
children was strictly precautionary; it was not based
on scientific evidence that any health hazard exists.
Do hands-free kits for wireless phones
reduce risks from exposure to RF
emissions?
Do wireless phone accessories that claim to
shield the head from RF radiation work?
Since there are no known risks from exposure to RF
emissions from wireless phones, there is no reason to
emissions from wireless phones, there is no reason to
believe that accessories that claim to shield the head
believe that hands-free kits reduce risks. Hands-free
from those emissions reduce risks. Some products
kits can be used with wireless phones for
that claim to shield the user from RF absorption use
convenience and comfort. These systems reduce the
special phone cases, while others involve nothing
absorption of RF energy in the head because the
more than a metallic accessory attached to the phone.
phone, which is the source of the RF emissions, will
Studies have shown that these products generally do
Since there are no known risks from exposure to RF
not be placed against the head. On the other hand, if
not work as advertised. Unlike âhand-freeâ kits,
the phone is mounted against the waist or other part
these so-called âshieldsâ may interfere with proper
of the body during use, then that part of the body will
operation of the phone. The phone may be forced to
absorb more RF energy. Wireless phones marketed in
boost its power to compensate, leading to an increase
the U.S. are required to meet safety requirements
in RF absorption. In February 2002, the Federal trade
regardless of whether they are used against the head
Commission (FTC) charged two companies that sold
or against the body. Either configuration should
devices that claimed to protect wireless phone users
result in compliance with the safety limit.
from radiation with making false and unsubstantiated
claims. According to FTC, these defendants lacked a
reasonable basis to substantiate their claim.
xlv
What about wireless phone interference
with medical equipment?
wireless phones so that no interference occurs when
Radio frequency energy (RF) from wireless phones
hearing aid at the same time. This standard was
can interact with some electronic devices. For this
approved by the IEEE in 2000.
reason, FDA helped develop a detailed test method to
FDA continues to monitor the use of wireless phones
measure electromagnetic interference (EMI) of
for possible interactions with other medical devices.
implanted cardiac pacemakers and defibrillators
Should harmful interference be found to occur, FDA
from wireless telephones. This test method is now
will conduct testing to assess the interference and
part of a standard sponsored by the Association for
work to resolve the problem.
the Advancement of Medical instrumentation
Additional information on the safety of RF exposures
(AAMI). The final draft, a joint effort by FDA,
from various sources can be obtained from the
medical device manufacturers, and many other
following organizations:
groups, was completed in late 2000. This standard
â˘ FCC RF Safety Program:
will allow manufacturers to ensure that cardiac
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/
pacemakers and defibrillators are safe from wireless
phone EMI. FDA has tested wireless phones and
helped develop a voluntary standard sponsored by
a person uses a compatible phone and a compatible
â˘ Environmental Protection Agency (EPA):
http://www.epa.gov/radiation/
the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
â˘ Occupational Safety and Health Administration's
(OSHA):
(IEEE). This standard specifies test methods and
http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/
performance requirements for hearing aids and
radiofrequencyradiation/index.html.
xlvi
â˘ National institute for Occupational Safety and
Health (NIOSH):
When driving a car, driving is your first
http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/emfpg.html
behind the wheel of a car, practice good common
â˘ World health Organization (WHO):
sense and remember the following tips:
http://www.who.int/peh-emf/
1. Get to know your wireless phone and its features,
â˘ International Commission on Non-Ionizing
Radiation Protection:
such as speed dial and redial. If available, these
http://www.icnirp.de
â˘ National Radiation Protection Board (UK):
http://www.nrpb.org.uk
â˘ Updated 4/3/2002: US food and Drug
Administration
http://www.fda.gov/cellphones
Road Safety
responsibility. When using your wireless phone
features help you to place your call without taking
your attention off the road.
2. When available, use a hands-free device. If
possible, add an additional layer of convenience and
safety to your wireless phone with one of the many
hands free accessories available today.
3. Position your wireless phone within easy reach. Be
able to access your wireless phone without removing
Your wireless phone gives you the powerful ability to
your eyes from the road. If you get an incoming call
communicate by voice, almost anywhere, anytime.
at an inconvenient time, let your voice mail answer it
But an important responsibility accompanies the
for you.
benefits of wireless phones, one that every user must
4. Let the person you are speaking with know you are
uphold.
driving; if necessary, suspend the call in heavy traffic
xlvii
or hazardous weather conditions. Rain, sleet, snow,
traffic accident or medical emergencies. Remember,
ice and even heavy traffic can be hazardous.
it is a free call on your wireless phone!
5. Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while
9.Use your wireless phone to help others in
driving. Jotting down a âto doâ list or flipping
emergencies. If you see an auto accident, crime in
through your address book takes attention away from
progress or other serious emergency where lives are
your primary responsibility, driving safely.
in danger, call 9-1-1 or other local emergency
6.Dial sensibly and assess the traffic; if possible,
number, as you would want others to do for you.
place calls when you are not moving or before
10.Call roadside assistance or a special non-
pulling into traffic. Try to plan calls when your car
emergency wireless assistance number when
will be stationary. If you need to make a call while
necessary. If you see a broken-down vehicle posing
moving, dial only a few numbers, check the road and
no serious hazard, a broken traffic signal, a minor
your mirrors, then continue.
traffic accident where no one appears injured, or a
7.Do not engage in stressful or emotional
vehicle you know to be stolen, call roadside
conversations that may be distracting. Make people
assistance or other special non-emergency number.
you are talking with aware you are driving and
suspend conversations that have the potential to
divert your attention from the road.
8.Use your wireless phone to call for help. Dial 9-1-1
or other local emergency number in the case of fire,
xlviii
âThe wireless industry reminds you to
use your phone safely when driving.â
For more information, please call 1-888-901-SAFE,
or visit our web-site www.wow-com.com Provided
by the Cellular Telecommunications & Internet
Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from
Association
radio frequency (RF) signals. However, certain
Operating Environment
Remember to follow any special regulations in force
electronic equipment may not be shielded against the
RF signals from your wireless phone. Consult the
manufacturer to discuss alternatives.
in any area and always switch your phone off
whenever it is forbidden to use it, or when it may
Pacemakers
cause interference or danger. When connecting the
Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that a
phone or any accessory to another device, read its
minimum distance of 15 cm (6 inches) be maintained
user's guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not
between a wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid
connect incompatible products.
potential interference with the pacemaker.
As with other mobile radio transmitting equipment,
These recommendations are consistent with the
users are advised that for the satisfactory operation of
independent research and recommendations of
the equipment and for the safety of personnel, it is
Wireless Technology Research.
recommended that the equipment should only be
used in the normal operating position (held to your
ear with the antenna pointing over your shoulder).
Using Your Phone Near Other
Electronic Devices
Persons with pacemakers:
â˘ should always keep the phone more than 15 cm (6
inches) from their pacemaker when the phone is
switched on.
â˘ should not carry the phone in a breast pocket.
xlix
â˘ should use the ear opposite the pacemaker to
minimize potential interference.
If you have any reason to suspect that interference is
taking place, switch your phone off immediately.
Hearing Aids
Some digital wireless phones may interfere with
some hearing aids. In the event of such interference,
you may wish to consult your hearing aid
manufacturer to discuss alternatives.
Vehicles
RF signals may affect improperly installed or
inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor
vehicles. Check with the manufacturer or its
representative regarding your vehicle. You should
also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that
has been added to your vehicle.
Posted Facilities
Switch your phone off in any facility where posted
Other Medical Devices
notices require you to do so.
If you use any other personal medical devices,
Potentially Explosive Environments
consult the manufacturer of your device to determine
if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy.
Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining
this information. Switch your phone off in health
care facilities when any regulations posted in these
areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care
Switch your phone off when in any area with a
potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs
and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an
explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even
death.
facilities may be using equipment that could be
Users are advised to switch the phone off while at a
sensitive to external RF energy.
refueling point (service station). Users are reminded
of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio
for essential communications (medical emergencies,
equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and
for example).
distribution areas), chemical plants or where blasting
Remember, to make or receive any calls the phone
operations are in progress.
must be switched on and in a service area with
Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are
adequate signal strength. Emergency calls may not
often but not always clearly marked. They include
be possible on all wireless phone networks or when
below deck on boats, chemical transfer or storage
certain network services and/or phone features are in
facilities, vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas
use. Check with local service providers.
(such as propane or butane), areas where the air
To make an emergency call:
contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust or
metal powders, and any other area where you would
normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine.
1.If the phone is not on, switch it on.
2.Key in the emergency number for your present
location (for example, 911 or other official
Emergency Calls
emergency number). Emergency numbers vary by
This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using
location.
radio signals, wireless and landline networks as well
3.Press [Send]
as user programmed functions, which cannot
If certain features are in use (call barring, for
guarantee connection in all conditions. Therefore,
example), you may first need to deactivate those
you should never rely solely on any wireless phone
features before you can make an emergency call.
li
Consult this document and your local cellular service
provider.
When making an emergency call, remember to give
all the necessary information as accurately as
possible. Remember that your phone may be the only
means of communication at the scene of an accident;
do not cut off the call until given permission to do so.
Restricting Children's access to your
Phone
Your phone is not a toy. Children should not be
allowed to play with it because they could hurt
themselves and others, damage the phone or make
calls that increase your phone bill.
FCC Notice and Cautions
FCC Notice
â˘ This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful
lii
interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
â˘ This equipment has been tested and found to
comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits
are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential
installation. This equipment generates, uses and
can radiate radio frequency energy and,if not
installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However, there is no
guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause
harmful interference to radio or television
reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try
to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
-Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
-Increase the separation between the equipment and
receiver.
-Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit
Only use approved batteries, antennas and chargers.
different from that to which the receiver is
The use of any unauthorized accessories may be
connected.
dangerous and void the phone warranty if said
-Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV
accessories cause damage or a defect to the phone.
technician for help
Although your phone is quite sturdy, it is a complex
The phone may cause TV or radio interference if
piece of equipment and can be broken. Avoid
used in close proximity to receiving equipment. The
dropping, hitting, bending or sitting on it.
FCC can require you to stop using the phone if such
interference cannot be eliminated.
Vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as
propane or butane) must comply with the National
Fire Protection Standard (NFPA-58). For a copy of
this standard, contact the National Fire Protection
Association, One Battery march Park, Quincy, MA
02269, Attn: Publication Sales Division..
Cautions
Changes or modifications made in the radio phone,
not expressly approved by Samsung, will void the
userÂ°Ăs authority to operate the equipment.
Other Important Safety Information.
â˘ Only qualified personnel should service the phone
or install the phone in a vehicle. Faulty installation
or service may be dangerous and may invalidate
any warranty applicable to the device.
â˘ Check regularly that all wireless phone equipment
in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly.
â˘ Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases or
explosive materials in the same compartment as the
phone, its parts or accessories.
â˘ For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember
that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not
place objects, including both installed or portable
wireless equipment in the area over the air bag or in
liii
the air bag deployment area. If wireless equipment
is improperly installed and the air bag inflates,
serious injury could result.
â˘ Switch your phone off before boarding an aircraft.
The use of wireless phone in aircraft is illegal and
may be dangerous to the aircraft's operation.
â˘ Failure to observe these instructions may lead to
the suspension or denial of telephone services to
the offender, or legal action, or both.
If you're inside a building, being near a window may
give you better reception.
Understanding the Save Feature
If your phone is unable to find a signal after 15 minutes
of searching, a Power Save feature is automatically
activated. If your phone is active, it periodically rechecks
service availability or you can check it yourself
Product Performance
by pressing any key.
Getting the Most Out of Your Signal
Reception
Anytime the Power Save feature is activated, a
message displays on the screen. When a signal is
The quality of each call you make or receive depends
found, your phone returns to standby mode.
on the signal strength in your area. Your phone
informs you of the current signal strength by
displaying a number of bars next to the signal
strength icon. The more bars displayed, the stronger
the signal.
liv
Maintaining Your Phone's Peak
PerformanceG
For the best care of your phone, only authorized
use in all areas. Downloadable Ring Tones may be
personnel should service your phone and accessories.
available at an additional cost. Other conditions and
Faulty service may void the warranty.
restrictions may apply. See your service provider for
There are several simple guidelines to operating
additional information.
your phone properly and maintaining safe,
satisfactory service.
â˘ Hold the phone with the antenna raised, fullyextended and over your shoulder.
â˘ Try not to hold, bend or twist the phone's antenna.
â˘ Don't use the phone if the antenna is damaged.
â˘ Speak directly into the phone's receiver.
â˘ .Avoid exposing your phone and accessories to rain
or liquid spills. If your phone does get wet,
immediately turn the power off and remove the
battery. If it is inoperable, call Customer Care for
service.
Availability of Various Features/Ring
Tones
Many services and features are network dependent
and may require additional subscription and/or usage
charges. Not all features are available for purchase or
Battery Standby and Talk Time
Standby and talk times will vary depending on phone
usage patterns and conditions. Battery power
consumption depends on factors such as network
configuration, signal strength, operating temperature,
features selected, frequency of calls, and voice, data,
and other application usage patterns.
Battery Precautions
â˘ Never use any charger or battery that is damaged in
any way.
â˘ Use the battery only for its intended purpose..If you
use the phone near the network's base station, it
uses less power; talk and standby time are greatly
affected by the signal strength on the cellular
network and the parameters set by the network
operator.
lv
â˘ Battery charging time depends on the remaining
battery charge and the type of battery and charger
used. The battery can be charged and discharged
hundreds of times, but it will gradually wear out.
When the operation time (talk time and standby
time) is noticeably shorter than normal, it is time to
buy a new battery.
â˘ If left unused, a fully charged battery will discharge
itself over time.
â˘ Use only Samsung-approved batteries and recharge
your battery only with Samsung-approved
chargers. When a charger is not in use, disconnect
it from the power source. Do not leave the battery
connected to a charger for more than a week, since
overcharging may shorten its life.
â˘ Extreme temperatures will affect the charging
capacity of your battery: it may require cooling or
warming first.
â˘ Do not leave the battery in hot or cold places, such
as in a car in summer or winter conditions, as you
will reduce the capacity and lifetime of the battery.
Always try to keep the battery at room temperature.
A phone with a hot or cold battery may temporarily
not work, even when the battery is fully charged.
lvi
Li-ion batteries are particularly affected by
temperatures below 0 Â°C (32 Â°F).
â˘ Do not short-circuit the battery. Accidental shortcircuiting can occur when a metallic object (coin,
clip or pen) causes a direct connection between the
+ and - terminals of the battery (metal strips on the
battery), for example when you carry a spare
battery in a pocket or bag. Short-circuiting the
terminals may damage the battery or the object
causing the short-circuiting.
â˘ Dispose of used batteries in accordance with local
regulations. In some areas, the disposal of batteries
in household or business trash may be prohibited.
For safe disposal options for Li-Ion batteries,
contact your nearest Samsung authorized service
center. Always recycle. Do not dispose of batteries
in a fire.
Care and Maintenance
Your phone is a product of superior design and
craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The
suggestions below will help you fulfill any warranty
obligations and allow you to enjoy this product for
many years.
â˘ Keep the phone and all its parts and accessories out
of the reach of small children.
â˘ Keep the phone dry. Precipitation, humidity and
liquids contain minerals that will corrode electronic
circuits.
â˘ Do not use the phone with a wet hand. Doing so
may cause an electric shock to you or damage to
the phone.
â˘ Do not use or store the phone in dusty, dirty areas,
as its moving parts may be damaged.
â˘ Do not store the phone in hot areas. High
temperatures can shorten the life of electronic
devices, damage batteries, and warp or melt certain
plastics.
â˘ Do not store the phone in cold areas. When the
phone warms up to its normal operating
temperature, moisture can form inside the phone,
which may damage the phone's electronic circuit
boards.
â˘ Do not drop, knock or shake the phone. Rough
handling can break internal circuit boards.
â˘ Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents or
strong detergents to clean the phone. Wipe it with a
soft cloth slightly dampened in a mild soap-andwater solution.
â˘ Do not paint the phone. Paint can clog the device's
moving parts and prevent proper operation.
â˘ Do not put the phone in or on heating devices, such
as a microwave oven, a stove or a radiator. The
phone may explode when overheated.
â˘ When the phone or battery gets wet, the label
indicating water damage inside the phone changes
color. In this case, phone repairs are no longer
guaranteed by the manufacturer's warranty, even if
the warranty for your phone has not expired.
â˘ If your phone has a flash or light, do not use it too
close to the eyes of people or animals. This may
cause damage to their eyes.
â˘ Use only the supplied or an approved replacement
antenna. Unauthorized antennas or modified
accessories may damage the phone and violate
regulations governing radio devices.
â˘ If the phone, battery, charger or any accessory is
not working properly, take it to your nearest
lvii
qualified service facility. The personnel there will
assist you, and if necessary, arrange for service.
lviii
Getting Started
USIM Card
Getting Started
General Information &
Precautions
â˘ Avoid using excessive force when Inserting/
removing USIM Card.
â˘ SoftBank is not liable for damages resulting from
inserting USIM Card into IC card readers or other
third party devices.
â˘ Always keep USIM Card IC chip clean.
Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) Card
â˘ Clean USIM Card IC chip with a soft, dry cloth.
is an IC card containing customer and authentication
â˘ Do not attach labels to USIM Card; malfunction
may result.
information, including handset number and limited
storage for Phonebook entries and SMS. Install
USIM Card to use 820SC; turn 820SC power off to
insert/remove USIM Card.
IC
USIM Card
Insert USIM Card into another compatible handset to
access SMS and Phonebook entries saved on USIM
Card. Note the following precautions regarding
USIM Card usage and care (see USIM Card User
Guide for details):
1-2
1
Getting Started
1-3
Notes
â˘ USIM Card is the property of SoftBank.
Getting Started
â˘ If USIM Card is lost or damaged, you will be
charged for reissuing it.
â˘ Return USIM Card to SoftBank upon
termination of subscription.
â˘ Returned USIM Cards are recycled.
â˘ USIM Card specifications may change without
prior notice.
â˘ If USIM Card or 820SC with USIM Card
inserted is lost or stolen in Japan or abroad,
immediately contact Customer Service ( P.2525) to suspend service.
â˘ Handset/USIM Card repairs, replacement or
upgrades may deactivate Chaku-UtaÂŽ, ChakuUta FullÂŽ,
S! Appli, or video files on handset.
â˘ Inserting another USIM Card (not the included
one) into 820SC may deactivate preinstalled S!
Appli or Comic Surfing files on handset.
â˘ Back-up USIM Card files. SoftBank is not liable
1-4for lost files.
Inserting & Removing USIM
Card
CPush in USIM Card until it stops and
locks
Getting Started
Always turn power off before opening 820SC to
remove battery, or insert/remove USIM Card.
Inserting
ARemove battery ( P.1-17)
BWith IC chip down, insert USIM
Card into card slot
IC
Removing
ARemove battery ( P.1-17)
BPress down on USIM Card and
gently slide it out
1-5
Note
USIM PINs
Getting Started
â˘ Inserting USIM Card with excessive force may
damage it or 820SC.
USIM Card features two (4- to 8-digit) security
â˘ Do not misplace a removed USIM Card.
codes:
â˘ To prevent damaging it, avoid touching the IC chip
when Inserting or removing USIM Card. Do not
touch battery contacts.
PIN and PIN2.
PIN
Use PIN to prevent unauthorized use of 820SC by
others.
â˘ Modify PIN ( P.13-2).
â˘ When PIN lock is activated, PIN entry is required
each time 820SC is turned on or whenever USIM
Card is re-inserted ( P.13-3).
PIN2
PIN2 is required for Reset Call Cost or Edit Cost
Limit, etc.
â˘ Modify PIN2 ( P.13-2).
1-6
Canceling PIN Lock (PUK/PUK2
Code)
Getting Started
Incorrectly entering PIN or PIN2 three consecutive
times activates PIN Lock and limits 820SC function
access. Enter PUK (PIN Unlocking Key) Code to
cancel PIN Lock. For more information, contact
Customer Service ( P.25-25).
Note
â˘ Entering PUK or PUK2 incorrectly ten consecutive
times locks USIM Card and deactivates 820SC.
Write down PUK and PUK2.
â˘ Unlocking a locked USIM Card requires a special
procedure. Contact Customer Service ( P.25-25).
1-7
Handset Parts &
Functions
rSub Display
Getting Started
sn
tb
Handset
uStrap Eyelet
aEarpiece/
Speaker
bDisplay
hRotating Camera
vCharger/External
Device
wBattery Cover
iudlr
cw
de
et
fC
g*
jo
ki
lc
my
n0~9
o#
pMicrophone
qInternal
1-8
a Earpiece/Speaker
b Display
c Left Softkey/Mail Key
d Camera/Character Key
Activate Camera or select text entry mode.
e Start Key
Initiate and receive Voice Calls.
f Clear/Back Key
Delete entered text or return to the previous window.
Key
Enter line breaks in text entry windows.
In Standby, press for 1+ seconds to open Phone
Profiles.
h Camera
Capture images or send video during a Video Call.
i Multi Selector
Select menu items, move cursor, scroll window.
Access Yahoo! Keitai or execute Right Softkey
command/function.
k Switch Bar Key
Display Switch Bar ( P.1-26).
l Center Key
Open Main Menu or execute Center Softkey command/
function.
m Power/End Key
Turn power on/off or end operations.
n Keypad
Enter numbers or characters and select menu items.
o #/Manner Key
Toggle Symbols menus in text entry windows.
In Standby, press for 1+ seconds to activate/cancel
Manner Profile.
p Microphone
q Internal Antenna
r Sub Display
s n(Side Key)
Raise volume. During a Video Call, enlarge image size.
1-9
Getting Started
Open Messaging menu or execute Left Softkey
command/function.
j Right Softkey/Yahoo! Keitai Key
t b(Side Key)
Lower volume. During a Video Call, reduce image size.
u Strap Eyelet
v Charger/External Device Port
Getting Started
Connect Charger, Stereo Earphone Microphone, USB
Cable, etc. here.
w Battery Cover
Opened to insert/remove battery or USIM Card.
Tip
â˘ Internal Antenna
820SC has no external antenna. 820SC transmits and
receives signals via Internal Antenna. Do not cover or
place stickers, etc. over the area containing Internal
Antenna. Voice quality may vary by where/how 820SC
is used.
1-10
Display Indicators
a b c de f
3G (UMTS) network connected/roaming
GSM network connected/roaming
Web SSL connected
(Blue) BluetoothÂŽ Active
(Flashing in Blue & Pink) BluetoothÂŽ
Transmission
BluetoothÂŽ Packet Data transmission
Call in Progress with BluetoothÂŽ Active
(Blue) USB Connected
(Flashing in Orange & Yellow) USB Active
S! Appli Active
S! Appli Paused
Packet Data transmission
Voice Call in Progress
Video Call in Progress
New S! Mail
New SMS
New Voice Mail
Unheard Answer Machine Message
Software Update Required
Normal Profile
Signal Strength (more bars
indicate
stronger signal)
Out-of-Range (outside service area or no
signal when Language is set to English or
Out-of-Range (When Language is set to
ćĽćŹčŞ )
Manner Profile
1-11
Getting Started
1
Getting Started
1-12
Car Profile
Meeting Profile
Outdoor Profile
Offline Mode
Battery Strong
Battery Moderate
Battery Low
(Flashing) Battery Weak (Charge Now)
Sound settings: Other than Off for Voice Call
in Ringtone volume Set; and On for Voice Call
in Vibration Set
Sound settings: Other than Off for Voice Call
in Ringtone volume Set; and Off for Voice Call
in Vibration Set
Sound settings: Off for Voice Call in Ringtone
volume Set; and On for Voice Call in Vibration
Set
Sound settings: Off for Voice Call in Ringtone
volume Set and Vibration Set
Roaming Active
Voice Mail/Call Forwarding Active
Answer Machine Active
S! Mail Memory Full
SMS Memory Full
Voice Mail Memory Full
Wake-up Alarm/Alarm Set
Tip
â˘ When
(Red) appears, only packet data
transmission and S! Mail sending are available;
Voice Call, received S! Mail notification, and SMS
sending/receiving are disabled.
Sub Display
a b c d e
Charge battery before first use of 820SC or after
Signal Strength
(more bars
periods of disuse.
indicate stronger signal)
Wake-up Alarm/Alarm Set
New Message
Manner Profile Set; and On for Voice Call in
Vibration Set
Before Using Battery or
Charger
Getting Started
Battery & Charger
Battery Strong
Battery Moderate
Battery Low
Battery Weak (Charge Now)
Charging Battery
â˘ Long periods of disuse may affect battery's ability
to hold a full charge.
â˘ 820SC uses a lithium-ion battery; charge battery
in any state without damaging its ability to hold a
charge.
â˘ Do not charge battery under the following
conditions:
In ambient temperatures beyond 5Â°C - 40Â°C
In high levels of humidity, vibration or dust
Near a radio receiver (May cause feedback)
â˘ 820SC or Charger may warm while charging. This
is normal, however, should they become very hot
1-13
to the touch, stop charging and contact Customer
Service ( P.25-25).
Getting Started
â˘ Charge battery at least once every six months
while not in use. Otherwise, battery may become
unusable.
â˘ Battery is a consumable; replace it if operating
time shortens noticeably.
Note
â˘ Use specified Charger only.
Battery Life
Battery time/life may be reduced by any of the
following:
â˘ Environmental Factors
Storing/using 820SC beyond 5Â°C - 40Â°C
Using 820SC when signal is poor/out-of-range
Debris on 820SC, battery or Charger Port
â˘ Operational Factors
â˘ Battery must be inside 820SC to charge it.
Active S! Appli
â˘ When not in use, unplug Charger from outlet or
cigarette lighter socket.
Camera use
Media Player use
Excessive Keypad use (e.g. for gaming or
messaging)
BluetoothÂŽ transmissions
Frequently opening and closing 820SC
â˘ Settings
Using Slide Show
Setting Brightness higher or Backlight Time
longer
1-14
Using Media Player with Backlight set to
Always on
Battery Disposal
Do not dispose of exhausted batteries with ordinary
take to a SoftBank shop. Follow any and all local
regulations regarding battery disposal.
Lithium-ion batteries are recyclable.
1-15
Getting Started
refuse. Tape over battery terminals before disposal or
When Battery Runs Out
BFully remove Battery Cover as shown
When battery is weak, a warning appears and 820SC
Getting Started
beeps. Charge or replace battery; otherwise 820SC
will automatically turn off.
Inserting & Removing Battery
Inserting
APress Battery Cover and slide as
shown
1-16
CAlign Battery Slots and 820SC Tabs
to insert battery as shown
820SC Tabs
Battery Cover Tabs
Removing
Always turn 820SC off before removing battery.
Never remove battery while AC Charger or In-Car
Charger is connected.
APress Battery Cover and slide as
shown
Note
â˘ Remove battery cover with care; stress on tabs may
damage them.
â˘ Gently insert battery to avoid damaging 820SC
tabs.
BFully remove Battery Cover as shown
1-17
Getting Started
DInsert Battery Cover Tabs into
820SC Slots to attach Battery Cover
as shown
CLift battery up and remove as shown
BPlug Charger into an AC 100V outlet
AC 100V
Getting Started
Charge
AC Charger
Use specified Charger only.
AOpen Port Cover and insert Charger
Connector into the port
Port Cover
Charger Connector
(with Ů up)
1-18
CWhen battery is charged, unplug
Charger, then disconnect 820SC
Tip
â˘ Charging Time
An empty battery requires 120 minutes (approx.) to
charge when power on and Display off (no operation).
Longer when Display on. Charging time may vary by
ambient temperature.
In-Car Charger (Optional)
AOpen Port Cover and insert
Connector Plug
Port Cover
Charger
Connector
(with Ů up)
Charging via PC USB Port
Battery will charge when 820SC is connected to a PC
via included USB cable.
a Open Port Cover and insert USB Cable Connector
b Insert USB Connector into a PC USB port
BInsert Charger Connector into
lighter socket
1-19
Getting Started
â˘ Battery Charged Confirmation
If 820SC is on while Charger is connected, battery
indicators flash when battery is fully charged.
While charging, battery indicators change as follows:
flashes when battery is fully
Ď
Ď
charged.
If 820SC is off while Charger is connected, battery
indicator and graphic appear full on Sub Display &
Battery full appears above graphic on Display when
battery is fully charged. Otherwise, Charging...
appears above animation on Display.
c When battery is charged, remove Connector from
820SC and replace Port Cover, then remove USB
Connector from the PC USB port
Charging via USB takes more time; charging time will
vary by PC. A weak battery may not charge via a PC
USB port.
Lighter Socket
Tip
Charger
In-Car
â˘ Battery Charged Confirmation ( P.1-19)
Getting Started
â˘ Charging Time ( P.1-19)
â˘ When using In-Car Charger
See In-Car Charger manual. For safety, use In-Car
Holder together with In-Car Charger.
CStart the car's engine
DWhen battery is charged, disconnect
handset (replace Port Cover), then
unplug In-Car Charger
Note
â˘ Do not charge battery in ambient temperatures
over 40Â°C (e.g. inside a closed automobile in direct
sunlight, etc.).
â˘ Use In-Car Charger in cars with a negative earth
only (DC 12/24V).
Power On/Off
Power On
AOpen 820SC
BPress y for 1+ seconds
1-20
Power Off
Getting Started
APress y for 2+ seconds
Time & Date
Standby
Time & Date
Tip
â˘ To confirm handset phone number
In Standby, press c Ď 0; save or edit your information
in My Phonebook Details including name and mail
address ( P.5-16).
â˘ When PIN lock is activated
PIN entry is required each time 820SC is turned on.
â˘ When 820SC is left open without operations ( P.87)
Display automatically shuts down to conserve power.
Note
â˘ Use both hands to open and close 820SC; avoid
using excessive force which could damage handset
or lead to malfunctions.
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
Time format: 24H
Date format: YYYY/MM/DD
âŤŘšâŹ
Some 820SC functions cannot be used unless time
and date are set. Open Time & Date to change Time
Format or Date Format.
APress c and select Settings â Phone
settings â Time & date
BAdjust settings
To set time
1-21
Highlight Time field and enter the time (24-hour
format)
Getting Started
To set AM/PM (for 12-hour format)
Default
aHighlight Time field and press r twice for
Setting
AM/PM option
âŤŘšâŹ
Prompt first
Automatically update 820SC Date & Time using
bUse r to toggle AM and PM
server time zone information.
To set date
APress c and select Settings â Phone
settings â Time & date
Highlight Date field and enter year, month, and
day
To change time format
aSelect Time format field
bSelect the setting and press c
To change date format
aSelect Date format field
bSelect the setting and press c
CPress w (Save)
1-22
Time Zone Updating
BSelect Time zone updating and
perform operations to set
CPress w (Save)
Tip
Changing Home Time Zone
Default
Setting
Home zone: GMT+9h
âŤŘšâŹDaylight saving: Unchecked
âŤŘšâŹ
Select the zone closest to your locality. Set Daylight
saving time as required. Complete this setting before
selecting Dual Clock in Clock Display ( P.8-4).
APress c and select Settings â Phone
settings â Time & date
BSelect Home zone field
CSet time zone
To set home time zone
aUse s to specify a target area
bPress c
To set daylight saving time
aCheck Daylight saving
bPress w (OK)
1-23
Getting Started
â˘ Time zone updating Items
Manual only: Enter date & time manually.
Prompt first: Confirmation appears when 820SC
moves into a different time zone. This function is not
available Japan.
Automatic: Time & Date updated according to server
time zone information. This function is not available
Japan.
DPress w (Save)
820SC Menus
Getting Started
Main Menu
AIn Standby, press c
Main Menu
BHighlight an item and press c (Select)
1-24
CRepeat Step 2 to open/activate the
target function
â˘ To end an operation
Press y. Operation ends and 820SC returns to Standby.
When multiple functions are active, the next active
operation window appears.
â˘ To cancel/escape an operation
Press y. Operation/function is canceled and 820SC
returns to Standby or the previous window appears. For
some menus, a confirmation appears.
â˘ Menu operations ( P.xiv)
Select Settings
Select Display
settings
When Popup Menu ( P.8-6) is On
Content is different (Step 2), however operations
remain the same.
Selecting items with Keypad
When numbered items appear in menus, etc., use
keypad to select them.
Wallpaper Setup
Window appears
Select Wallpaper
Pictures
1-25
Getting Started
Select Display settings Ď Wallpaper
Tip
Shortcuts
In Standby, press a key to open the assigned shortcut.
Getting Started
Key
Corresponding Menu/Function
Messaging
Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu
Switch Bar
Initiate Call, Messaging, Yahoo! Keitai, or Media
Player; use multiple functions concurrently (e.g.,
create a message while listening to music, or browse
the Mobile Internet while talking on the phone).
Yahoo! Keitai Menu
(1+ seconds)
Mobile Camera (last used function)
Switch Bar
Idle shortcut*
Phonebook list
Call Log (Received)
Call Log (Dialled)
Call Log (Current Contacts)
Phone Profiles
(1+ seconds)
Activate/Cancel Manner Profile
(1+ seconds)
* Create shortcuts for frequently used functions in Idle
shortcut ( P.15-7).
1-26
AIn Standby or an active function
window, press i
BUse s to highlight a function and
press c (Select)
To exit an active function
From the window of the function to exit, press y
To exit all active functions
aPress i
bUse s to highlight End all? and press c (Yes)
Security Codes
Phone Password, Center Access Code and Network
â˘ When exiting all active functions
Exiting all active functions during message creation or
voice/video recording deletes created/recorded data.
Phone Password
The 4-digit number (9999 by default) required to use/
change some handset functions.
Options
When Options appears at bottom-right of Display,
press o to open Options. To execute an option,
highlight the item and press c (Select).
Tip
â˘ See "Options" ( P.xiv)
â˘ Entered digits are represented with*
â˘ If incorrect, an error message appears; try again.
â˘ Change Phone Password as required
Center Access Code
4-digit number specified at subscription; required to
access Voice Mail via landlines/to subscribe to feebased information.
Center Access Code cannot be changed on 820SC; a
special procedure is required. For details, contact
Customer Service ( P.25-25).
1-27
Getting Started
Password are required to use 820SC.
Tip
Network Password
4-digit number specified at subscription, required to
Getting Started
restrict handset services. Entering Network Password
incorrectly three consecutive times locks Call
Barring settings. To resolve, Network Password and
Center Access Code must be changed. For details,
contact Customer Service ( P.25-25).
â˘ Network Password can be changed on 820SC
( P.16-13).
Note
â˘ Write down Phone Password, Center Access Code,
or Network Password. If you forget any of these
codes contact Customer Service ( P.25-25).
â˘ Do not reveal Phone Password, Center Access
Code, or Network Password to others. SoftBank is
not liable for damages caused by misuse of these
codes by others.
1-28
Basic Handset Operations
Initiating a Call
See P.5-9 to call from a Phonebook entry or P.6-2 for
Video Calls.
Basic Handset Operations
AEnter a phone number
â˘ When Stereo Earphone Microphone is connected
Enter a number and press Stereo Earphone Microphone
switch for 1+ seconds to initiate a call. When
Earphone call is On, press switch for 1+ seconds to
call specified number. Press switch for 1+ seconds to
end a call.
â˘ Engaged Call Operations ( P.2-7)
When Phonebook list appears ( P.5-11)
To use Speed Dialing ( P.5-12)
BConfirm the number and press t
CPress y to end the call
Tip
â˘ To correct entered digits
Press C to delete the last digit. Press C for 1+ seconds
to delete all.
â˘ When the line is busy
Press y to end the call and try again later. If Auto
Redial ( P.15-2) is active, number is automatically
redialed. Press o (Cancel) or y to cancel.
2-2
Placing international calls from Japan
A separate subscription is required for international
calls.
a Enter a phone number
b Options Ď International dial
c Select country or Enter Code for direct entry
d Select Japan
e Confirm the number and press t
Using a SoftBank handset overseas
Enter handset phone number; country code is not
required.
Calling from overseas ( P.2-15)
Options
Item
Description
Initiate a Video Call ( P.6-2).
Add to
Phonebook
Save a number to Phonebook or
USIM Card Phonebook ( P.5-6).
Create msg
Open a new message addressed to
the number ( P.17-6).
Phonebook
Open Phonebook Search window.
Call log
Open Call Log.
International dial
Add international code and
country code to a number ( P.22).
Hide or show your phone number
when placing calls; select None to
Hide/Show my ID
apply Caller ID ( P.16-13)
settings.
AWhen 820SC rings/vibrates, press t
or c (Accept)
BPress y to end the call
Tip
â˘ When Anykey Answer ( P.15-5) is On
Press any key except w, o, y, or Side Key n b to answer
Voice Calls.
â˘ To mute ringer for an incoming call
While 820SC rings/vibrates, press w (Mute); caller
continues to hear ringback tone. To answer the call,
press c (Accept).
â˘ To adjust ringer volume
While 820SC rings/vibrates, press Side Key n or b.
â˘ When Stereo Earphone Microphone is connected
When 820SC rings/vibrates, press Stereo Earphone
Microphone switch for 1+ seconds to accept a call.
Press again for 1+ seconds to end the call.
â˘ Engaged Call Operations ( P.2-7)
2-3
Basic Handset Operations
Video call
Receiving a Call
2
Basic Handset Operations
Ringtones
When you cannot answer a call
Specify ringtones for saved numbers by Phonebook
entry or Category ( P.5-4, 5-7). When no ringtone is
set, 820SC rings according to Profile Settings ( P.9-2).
Under following conditions, 820SC rings according to
each Mode; Secret Mode is set to Hide and
Phonebook(contains caller's number as an entry)'s
Secret Mode is set to On.
Use Call Forwarding/Voice Mail to forward incoming
calls to a specified number automatically/to save
messages at Voice Mail Center. When Call Forwarding
or Voice Mail is set to No reply, press o (Busy) to
forward an incoming call immediately ( P.16-3, 16-5).
Use Answer Machine to record caller messages. Up to 3
messages (15 seconds per message) can be recorded in
820SC ( P.2-5).
Incoming call window
If caller sends Caller ID, phone number appears; if
saved in Phonebook, name appears. When an image is
set in Phonebook or Category, image also appears
( P.5-4, 5-7). If caller hides Caller ID, Withheld
appears.
Under following conditions, no name/image appears;
Secret Mode is set to Hide and Phonebook(contains
caller's number as an entry)'s Secret Mode is set to On.
Missed call window
After an unanswered incoming call, Missed call
window appears. Press w (View), to open Missed Call
Log ( P.2-9).
2-4
Reject Incoming Call
Proactively disconnect an incoming call without
answering it. The rejected call is recorded in Missed.
AWhile 820SC rings/vibrates, press y
Tip
â˘ When Side Key ( P.15-6) is set to Reject
Press n or b for 1+ seconds to reject an incoming call.
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Answer machine â Setting
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
â˘ To automatically reject a call ( P.13-8)
Note
Answer Machine
Record caller messages on handset. Up to 3 messages
(15 seconds per message) can be recorded.
â˘ Answer Machine cannot be used when handset is
off, out-of-range or in Offline mode. Use Voice Mail
to record caller messages.
â˘ If 820SC shared memory ( P.25-15) is below
600 KB, Answer Machine cannot be used.
With Answer Machine set
In Standby,
appears.
2-5
Basic Handset Operations
â˘ To reject call and send a busy message
When neither Call Forwarding ( P.16-2) nor Voice
Mail ( P.16-2) is active, press o (Busy) to proactively
disconnect a call without answering it; "busy" message
appears on caller's handset before call is disconnected.
If caller's handset is incompatible, call is simply
disconnected.
Activating & Canceling
Ringing Duration
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
18 seconds
Setting
Basic Handset Operations
BSelect an item or Other (0-60Secs) to
set a time
CPress c (Save)
Sound Language
âŤŘšâŹ
áŁŁá§âş
Setting
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Answer machine â Sound
language
2-6
Checking Recordings
When Answer Machine records caller messages,
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Answer machine â
Ringing duration
Default
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
appears in Display.
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Answer machine â
Recordings
BHighlight the message to check and
press c (Play)
Tip
â˘ To delete messages
Highlight the message to delete, press w (Delete) and
select Yes.
Engaged Call Operations
BPress w (Retrieve) to reconnect the
call
Earpiece Volume
Speaker Phone
Adjust Earpiece or Earphone volume. Setting
ADuring a call, press Side Key nb or j
ADuring a call, press c (
Yes
) and select
To cancel Speaker Phone
Hold
Press c (
When a call is put on hold, the party on hold hears a
Voice Recording
hold tone and neither party can hear the otherâs
voice.
Record voice of a maximum of 2 minutes during a
A subscription to Call Waiting ( P.16-8) or
call.
Conference Call ( P.16-9) is required to use this
ADuring a call, select Options â
Record
function. If you have not subscribed to any of these
services, Hold function is not available.
ADuring a call, press w (Hold)
BPress c (Record)
2-7
Basic Handset Operations
remains even after power off.
CStop or pause
Engaged Call Options
To stop and save
Item
Press w (Stop)
To pause and save
Basic Handset Operations
Whisper on/off
Mute
Check Voice or Key tone and press
w (OK) to cancel sending no sounds
or key tones.
New call
Enter a number and press c (Call) to
initiate another call; requires
subscription to Conference Call
( P.16-9).
Phonebook
Open Phonebook Search window.
Add to
Phonebook
Save number to Phonebook or USIM
Card Phonebook ( P.5-6).
Create msg
Open a new message addressed to the
number ( P.17-6).
Send DTMF
Enter digits then press c (Send).
Record
Record caller's voice during a call
( P.2-7).
Memo
Create and save text memos ( P.1410).
aPress c (Pause)
bPress c (Record) to restart recording; press w
(Save) to end recording
Tip
â˘ When a recording is made
Files are saved to Sounds & Ringtones folder in Data
Folder.
â˘ When another call arrives while recording
If Call Waiting is subscribed, recording stops and
incoming call window appears.
â˘ When call is ended while recording
Recording stops automatically and voice file is saved.
2-8
Description
With On, raise the volume of sent
sounds.
Item
Description
End call
Disconnect call.
Switch to
headset/Switch
to phone
Appears when BluetoothÂŽ-compatible
headset is in use. Select headset or
phone (handset).
Viewing Call Log Records
Current
contacts
All incoming and outgoing calls
Missed
All missed incoming calls
Received
All received incoming calls
Dialled
All outgoing calls
APress r
BUse s to select a Call Log
To confirm phone number and call duration
Highlight an item and press c (View)
: Voice Call to/from a number
saved in Phonebook
: Call to/from a number saved in USIM Card
Phonebook
: Voice Call to/from an unsaved number
: Video Call to/from a number saved in Phonebook
Current Contacts (all incoming/outgoing calls)
Indicators
: Received call
: Rejected incoming call
: Missed call
: Dialled call
Tip
â˘ While Secret Mode is set to Hide
Call Log records of numbers saved in Secret
Phonebook entries do not appear.
Calling from Call Log Records
APress r
BUse s to select a Call Log
2-9
Basic Handset Operations
Call Log Records
Call Log Record Indicators
CHighlight a record and press t
To initiate a Video Call
Options Ď Video call
Basic Handset Operations
Deleting Call Log Records
Deleting One Record
Delete one Call Log record.
APress r
BUse s to select a Call Log
CHighlight a record, select Options â
Delete â Selected â Yes
Tip
â˘ To delete individual calls from records
a Perform Steps 1 and 2
b Highlight a record and press c (View)
c Highlight a call, select Options Ď Delete Ď
Selected Ď Yes
2-10
Deleting All Records
Delete all Call Log records at once.
APress r
Use s to select Current contacts
BSelect Options â Delete â All â Yes
CEnter Phone Password and press
c (Confirm)
Call Log Options
Item
Description
Voice call
Initiate a Voice Call to the current
number.
Video call
Initiate a Video Call to the current
number ( P.2-9).
Add to
Phonebook
Save number to Phonebook or USIM
Card Phonebook ( P.5-6).
Create msg
Open a new message addressed to the
current number ( P.17-6).
Item
Description
Delete
Delete the current Call Log record
( P.2-10).
Add to black list
Add the number to Black List
( P.13-9).
International dial
Add international code and country
code to the number ( P.2-2).
Hide/Show my
ID
Hide or show your phone number
when placing calls; select None to
apply Caller ID settings.
Call Manager
Data counter
Confirm/reset incoming/outgoing data
volume.
Call costs
Confirm/reset Total Costs, Last Call
Cost or Cost Limit; change Call Costs
currency unit.
Call times
Confirm/reset incoming/outgoing
Voice/Video Call Times.
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Call manager
Basic Handset Operations
View phonebook
Open Entry details for a number.
details
Data Counter, Call Costs, &
Call Times
BSelect an item
To reset a Data Counter item
aIn Data counter, highlight an item, select
Options Ď Reset
bSelect Yes
To reset all Data Counter items
aIn Data counter, highlight an item, select
Options Ď Reset all
bEnter Phone Password and press c (Confirm),
and select Yes
To reset Call Costs
aIn Call costs, select Options Ď Reset call
cost
bEnter PIN2 and press c (Confirm)
2-11
To reset Call Times
aIn Call times, highlight an item, select
Options Ď Reset Ď Yes
After reaching the call cost limit, only emergency
To reset all Call Times
calls ( P.2-16) can be initiated; messaging, web
aIn Call times, highlight an item, select
connections (fee-based operations) are disabled.
Basic Handset Operations
Options Ď Reset all
bEnter Phone Password and press c (Confirm)
Ď Yes
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Call manager
To change Call Costs currency unit
BSelect Call costs
aIn Call costs, select Options Ď Setup
CSelect Options â Edit cost limit
currency
bEnter PIN2 and press c (Confirm)
DEnter PIN2 and press c (Confirm)
cHighlight Price field to enter a price in Yen
EEnter limit
dHighlight Currency field and enter currency
unit
ePress w (Save)
2-12
Edit Cost Limit
Display Call Cost during a Call
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
BSelect setting and press c (Save)
A separate subscription is required for international
calls. Contact Customer Service for more
information about international roaming.
Basic Handset Operations
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Call manager â Display
call cost
International Roaming
Changing Network Mode
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
3G
Setting
APress c and select Settings â
Connectivity â Network mode
BSelect a Network mode
Tip
â˘ Network mode Items
Automatic: Network is set automatically by location.
GSM 900/1800: Available overseas.
GSM 1900: Available overseas.
3G: Available domestically and overseas.
2-13
Network Setup
Selecting a Network
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Automatic
Basic Handset Operations
Setting
Select a network (operator) by location or use
Automatic.
APress c and select Settings â
Connectivity â Network selection
BSelect a Network
To select automatically
Select Automatic
To select a specific network
aSelect Manual
bSelect a network
Preferred Networks
Insert networks into Preferred Networks list or add
them to the end. Select networks from Network List
or create new network entries.
APress c and select Settings â
Connectivity â Preferred networks
BEdit Preferred Networks
To insert/add a network from Network List
aWhen inserting, highlight insert position
bOptions Ď Insert or Add Ď Network list
cSelect a network and press c (Insert/Add)
To insert/add a new network
aWhen inserting, highlight insert position
bOptions Ď Insert or Add Ď New network
cEnter network settings and press w (Insert/
Add)
To delete a network from Preferred
Networks
2-14
Highlight network to delete, select Options Ď
(except when calling landlines in Italy) and
Delete Ď Yes
proceed to Step 5
Tip
â˘ New Network Settings
Up to 3 digits
Network code
Up to 3 digits
Basic Handset Operations
Country code
Network name Up to 20 single-byte alphanumerics
Network type
GSM or 3G
Calling from Outside Japan
AEnter phone number with area code
To call an in-country landline or mobile
phone
Proceed to Step 5
To enter country code, etc. directly
Press 0 for 1+ seconds to enter +, enter country
code and phone number omitting the first 0
2-15
BSelect Options â International dial
Emergency Calls
Basic Handset Operations
CSelect country or Enter Code for
direct entry
Some emergency numbers (110 (Police), 119 (Fire),
DSelect Abroad
settings are active. See details below.
EConfirm number and press t
Tip
â˘ To change/add International code or country code
( P.15-2)
etc.) are available even when certain Call Barring
820SC Status
Available Numbers
Offline mode ( P.3-4) is active.
None
Call Cost limit exceeded ( P.212).
110, 119, 118
820SC is locked ( P.13-5).
None
Required PIN not entered ( P.133).
None
USIM Card cannot be
authenticated ( P.13-4).
None
Outgoing Call Barring ( P.16-11)
110, 119, 118
is active.
Note
â˘ SoftBank can not guarantee connections in all
countries and regions. Handset operations may
vary by network, signal, or function settings.
2-16
Manner Profile
Minding Mobile Manners
Manner Related Functions
Manner Profile
Please take care not to disturb others when using
820SC offers two manner-related profiles.
820SC.
Manner Profile
â˘ Turn 820SC off in theaters, museums, and other
places where silence is the norm.
Silence 820SC sounds and activate Vibration for all
â˘ Keep 820SC off aboard airplanes, inside hospitals,
or in other places where handset use is prohibited.
or cancel Manner Profile.
alerts, tones, and alarms. Use Manner Key to activate
â˘ Refrain from using 820SC in places such as
restaurants, hotel lobbies, or elevators.
Offline Mode
â˘ Observe announcements or posted instructions
regarding handset use aboard trains, etc.
820SC functions may still be used while Offline
â˘ Refrain from handset use that interrupts the flow of
pedestrian or vehicle traffic.
Temporarily suspend 820SC transmissions; other
Mode is active.
Muting/vibrating 820SC can be selected respectively
for alert tone, ringtone, or alarm in Sound settings
other than Manner Profile/Offline Mode.
3-2
Manner Profile
AIn Standby, press # for 1+ seconds
Tip
â˘ To change 820SC Profile ( P.9-2)
Profiles
Tip
â˘ When Manner Profile is active
appears.
Changing Profile
820SC features five Profiles, including Manner
Profile
Normal
Normal sounds produced by 820SC
Manner
No sounds produced by 820SC
Car
Set Automatic reception of Voice
Calls and activation of Speaker
Phone for use while driving
Meeting
Ringtone or Key tone preset to
Vibration or Mute
Outdoor
Ringtone or Key tone preset to
maximum sound volume
Profile.
AIn Standby, press * for 1+ seconds
Description
BSelect a Profile
CPress c (Save)
3-3
Manner Profile
â˘ Even when Manner Profile is active, shutter click
sounds for Camera.
Select a Profile by usage and edit settings as required
( P.9-2).
Offline Mode
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
APress c and select Settingsâ Call
settings â Offline mode
Manner Profile
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
Tip
â˘ When 820SC is turned off while Offline mode is
active
Offline mode activation confirmation appears the next
time 820SC is turned on. Press o (No) to select Normal
Profile.
3-4
Entering Text
*Suggestions appear only in Kanji/Hiragana mode, when
Prediction setting is On.
Text Entry
Enter kanji/hiragana/hangul, single- or double-byte
Number Only Text Entry Fields
katakana, alphanumerics, or symbols/pictograms/
Text entry windows do not appear for Phonebook Phone
fields or Alarm Time fields; enter numbers directly.
emoticons.
Changing Text Entry Mode
Text Entry Window
Text Entry modes may be limited in some text entry
Entering Text
Current Entry Mode
: Kanji/Hiragana
: Double-byte Katakana
: Double-byte
Alphanumerics
: Double-byte Numbers
: Double-byte Symbols
: Pictograms
: Hangul
fields or windows.
: Single-byte Katakan
: Single-byte
Alphanumerics
: Single-byte
: Single-byte
: Emoticons
Number of characters that still can be entered
Text entry field
AIn a text entry window, press e
BHighlight entry mode and press c
Text entry field
Tip
Suggestions*
Japanese kana conversion alternatives
4-2
â˘ To toggle symbols
In text entry windows, press # to toggle Symbols,
Pictograms, and Emoticons.
Key Assignments
Multiple characters are assigned to each key. Press a key repeatedly until the target character appears.
Key
Katakana
Ţ˝ŢżßßßŢźŢžßßß ŕ ŕ ŕ ŕ ŕ ŕ ŕ ŕ ŕ ŕ
ßßßßß
ŕ ŕ ŕ ˘ŕ ¤ŕ Ś
ßßßßß
ŕ ¨ŕ Şŕ Źŕ Žŕ °
ßßßßĄßŁß
ŕ ˛ŕ ´ŕ ˇŕ šŕ ťŕ ś
ßĽßŚß§ß¨ßŠ
ŕ ˝ŕ žŕ żŕĄŕĄ
ßŞßß°ßłßś
ŕĄŕĄŕĄŕĄŕĄ
ßšßşßťßźß˝
ŕĄŕĄŕĄŕĄŕĄ
ßżŕ ŕ ßžŕ ŕ
ŕĄŕĄŕĄŕĄŕĄŕĄ
ŕ ŕ ŕ ŕ ŕ
ŕĄŕĄŕĄŕĄŕĄ
ŕ ŕ ŕ ŕ âŤŢŢâŹă§ŕĄŽă¨Şă§ă§Ť ŕĄ˘ŕĄĽŕĄŚŕĄĄ 2âŤŢŢâŹă§ŕĄŽă¨Şă§ă§Ť
âŤŢâŹ5RCEGâŤŢâŹ
âŤŢâŹ5RCEGâŤŢâŹ
â˘ Toggle upper/lower-case; add ŕ / ŕ to unfixed,
convertible kana
â˘ Enter Line Break
Alphanumerics
1
Numbers
"A`
CDE#$%
FGH&'(
IJK)*+
LMN,-.
OPQ/01
RSTU2345
VWX678
YZ[\9:;<
A!âŤŢâŹ5RCEGâŤŢâŹ
â˘ Toggle upper/lowercase
â˘ Enter Line Break
Enter Line Break
â˘ Reverse toggle characters assigned to the same key before finalizing character
selection
â˘ Toggle Pictograms, Double-byte Symbols, Single-byte Symbols, Emoticons
Entering Text
Kanji/Hiragana
Toggle Pictograms,
Double-byte Symbols,
Single-byte Symbols,
Emoticons
1 When double-byte, "~" cannot be used ("ă¨Ş"appears on Display).2 Single-byte "ŕĄĄ" (lower case) cannot be entered.
4-3
When calls/alarms interrupt text entry
To add ăor ă
Answer incoming calls without saving text first;
disconnect call to return to text entry window. Similarly,
close Alarm window to return to text entry window.
Enter a valid character and press *
To correct a misentry
Use C to delete the character then enter the
Entering Characters
correction
When key is pressed too many times
Hiragana/Kanji
Press # to return to the previous character
Enter hiragana/kanji with or without conversion
assigned to the same key
Entering Text
predictions. When Prediction setting is On,
To enter consecutive characters assigned to
Suggestions appear below text entry window.
the same key
AActivate Kanji/Kana entry mode to
enter hiragana
Press r to move cursor to the right
4-4
To enter unconverted hiragana
Press c (Confirm)
BConvert hiragana
To select a conversion from Suggestions
aPress d to move between Suggestions
bHighlight a conversion and press c (Confirm)
Tip
â˘ When characters do not convert to target Kanji
Try entering different readings. When multiple Kanji
do not convert together, try to convert them separately.
â˘ To toggle predicted/conversion alternatives
While predicted alternatives appear, press w (Convert)
for conversion alternatives. While conversion
alternatives appear, press w (Predict) for predicted
alternatives.
â˘ To set/release prediction entry function ( P.4-13)
Entering Text
â˘ To convert using User dictionary ( P.4-14)
When target conversion does not appear
aPress w (Convert)
bUse s to change the conversion range
cPress d to move to Suggestions
dHighlight a conversion and press c (Confirm)
â˘ To enter date/time
a Press a key to enter a key to which numbers are
assigned
b Press o (EngNumăŠăŠ)
c Highlight a conversion alternative and press c
(Confirm)
eRepeat steps b through d as required
4-5
4
Resetting Text Entry History
To correct a misentry
Previous kanji conversions appear first for predicted/
conversion alternatives. Follow these steps to restore
defaults.
a Press c and select Settings Ď Phone settings Ď User
dictionary Ď Reset learning
b Enter Phone Password, press c (Confirm) Ď Yes
Use C to delete character then correct
Katakana
Entering Text
AIn Katakana mode, press a key to
enter the assigned character
To add ăor ă
Enter a Katakana to which a voiced or semivoiced sound symbol should be added and press
4-6
When key is pressed too many times
Press # to return to the previous character
assigned to the same key
To enter consecutive characters assigned to
the same key
Press r to move cursor to the right
Tip
â˘ To enter Katakana in Kanji/Kana entry mode
For example, to convert "ßß˝" to "ŕ ˘ŕĄ" or "ăŠăŠ".
Alphanumerics
AIn Alphanumerics entry mode, press
a key to enter the assigned character
Entering Text
a In Kanji/Kana entry mode, enter hiragana
b Press o (EngNumăŠăŠ)
c Highlight katakana conversion alternative and press
c (Confirm)
To toggle upper and lower case
Enter a character and press *
To correct a misentry
Use C to delete the character and press the
correct key
When key is pressed too many times
Press # to return to a previous character
assigned to the same key
4-7
To enter consecutive characters assigned to
the same key
Press r to move cursor to the right
Tip
Entering Text
â˘ To enter alphanumerics in Kanji/Kana entry mode
Press key(s) assigned to alphanumerics as many times
as it would take to enter same character(s) in
Alphanumerics mode. For example, press 2 three times
and press 3 once to enter "cd."
a In Kanji/Kana entry mode, press key to which
alphanumeric is assigned
b Press o (EngNumăŠăŠ)
c Highlight alphanumeric conversion alternative and
press c (Confirm)
Numbers
AIn Number entry mode, press
number keys
To correct a misentry
Use C to delete the entry, then enter correction
Tip
â˘ To enter numbers in Kanji/Kana entry mode
a In Kanji/Kana entry mode, press key to which
number is assigned
b Press o (EngNumăŠăŠ)
c Highlight number conversion alternative and press
c (Confirm)
4-8
Symbols, Pictograms &
Emoticons
AIn a text entry window, press # to
toggle symbols
BHighlight target character and press
To enter symbols, pictograms, or emoticons
successively
Press w (Continue)
To toggle double-byte symbols and singlebyte symbols
Press * while Suggestions for double-byte
Entering Text
symbols and single-byte symbols appear
Tip
â˘ To enter symbols, pictograms, or emoticons in
Kanji/Kana entry mode
Enter hiragana like ßĄŕ and press w (Convert),
symbols
ŕĄŽand Ě appear among conversion alternatives.
Similarly, convert ßŞŕĄŻßŁ or ß˘ŕ ŕ to pictograms and
ŕ ŕĄŻŢż or ßŕĄŻŕ to emoticons.
4-9
Line Breaks
Enter a line break the same way in all text entry
modes.
AIn a text entry window, press *
Quoting Saved Text
Entering Text
Using Phonebook Entries
SMS Template
In a text entry window, use SMS template via Options
to quote saved text in SMS.
Save frequently used words/phrases as SMS
templates beforehand ( P.4-15).
AIn message text, select Options â
SMS template
In a text entry window, use Phonebook via Options to
BSelect a template
search saved entries for inserting phone numbers or
Using Template
mail addresses into message text.
AIn message text, select Options â
Phonebook
BSelect an entry and open details
CHighlight an item and press c (Select)
4-10
In a text entry window, use Templates via Options to
save ".ne.jp" or "http://www" in Phonebook for one
keystroke entry.
AIn message text, select Options â
Templates
BSelect an item
Hangul
Editing Text
Select Hangul entry mode to enter Hangul characters.
AIn a text entry window, press e and
select Hangul
Consonant Example (Key Assignment)
(once)
(twice)
), 2 ( )
02
( ), 1 (
0221
02
( ), 3 (
0223
02
( ), 3 (
), 1 (
When a space is highlighted
The character before cursor is deleted.
To delete all text on/after cursor
Press C for 1+ seconds
To delete all text
(three times)
Place cursor at the end of text and press C for 1+
Vowel Example (Key Assignment)
01
AHighlight character to delete and
press C
seconds
0122
), 2 ( ), 1 (
4-11
Entering Text
BPress number keys to enter assigned
character units that appear; combine
several consonants and vowels
Deleting
Copy/Cut, Paste & Undo
Copy/Cut
Select a range of characters to copy/cut. Paste
copied/cut characters repeatedly to other locations.
AIn a text entry window, select Options
â Copy or Cut
Entering Text
BUse a to highlight the first character
in the range and press
c (Start)
To copy/cut all
Press o (All)
CUse a to specify range and press
c (End)
4-12
Tip
â˘ To copy text from Phonebook entries or My
Phonebook Details
Options Ď Copy item ( P.5-13, 5-17)
â˘ Copied/cut items
Up to 10 copied/cut items can be saved. Content
remains even power is turned off. With 10 items are
already saved, oldest item is automatically deleted.
Paste
AUse a to move cursor to paste location
BSelect Options â Paste
CSelect an item to paste and press
c (Select)
Tip
â˘ To delete copied/cut items
In Step 3, highlight item to delete, press w (Delete) and
select Yes.
Undo
Prediction (Japanese)
Select to show/hide Japanese kana conversion
alternatives in Suggestions.
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
On
Setting
Undo operations immediately after performing such
as Cut, Paste, or Delete. Alternatively, undo
conversion; this operation can be performed in Kanji/
Kana entry mode only.
AIn a text entry window, select Options
â Undo
Learning (Japanese)
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
On
Setting
Select to save/discard entered character strings by
Jump
AIn a text entry window, select Options
â Jump â Top or End
Entering Text
converting operations immediately after character
AIn a text entry window, select Options
â Prediction On or Prediction Off
Suggestions.
AIn a text entry window, select Options
â Learning On or Learning Off
4-13
Font Size
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Large
Setting
Change font size for SMS, S! Mail, or template text;
BSelect Word field and enter text
CSelect Reading field and enter key
characters
DPress w (Save)
available sizes vary.
Entering Text
AIn message text, select Options â
Font Size
User Dictionary
(Japanese)
Save frequently used words/phrases of up to 20
characters; entries appear in Suggestions when key
characters are entered.
APress c and select Settings â Phone
settings â User dictionary â New
entry
4-14
Tip
â˘ To edit User Dictionary entries
a Press c and select Settings Ď Phone settings Ď
User dictionary Ď Edit entry
b Select contents to edit
c Edit a word or readings and press w (Save)
â˘ To delete one item
a Press c and select Settings Ď Phone settings Ď
User dictionary Ď Edit entry
b Highlight item to delete, select Options Ď Delete
â˘ To delete all items
a Press c and select Settings Ď Phone settings Ď
User dictionary Ď Delete all
b Enter Phone Password, press c (Confirm) Ď Yes
Saving to User Dictionary
AIn a text entry window, select Options
â Word registration
BUse a to move cursor to the first
character, press c (Start)
To open User Dictionary window to check
Tip
â˘ When the range contains a line break
Character string before line break is saved to
dictionary.
â˘ To edit User dictionary
Press o (UserDic) to select start point for Word
registration; perform operations in "User Dictionary
(Japanese)"
( P.4-14). Select Edit entry and registered entries
appear.
Press o (UserDic)
Entering Text
saved content, etc.
SMS Templates
CUse a to set the range, press
c (End)
Save frequently used words/phrases of up to 70
DSelect Reading field and enter
reading
APress w and select Templates â SMS
templates
EPress w (Save)
BSelect Options â Add new
characters.
When no SMS templates have been saved
Press w (Add new)
4-15
CPress c (Select) and enter text
DPress w (Save)
Tip
â˘ To use an SMS template ( P.4-10)
Entering Text
â˘ To edit an SMS template
a Press w and select Templates Ď SMS templates
b Highlight an item to edit and press c (Edit)
c Press c (Select) and edit the text
d Press w (Save)
â˘ To delete an SMS template
a Press w and select Templates Ď SMS templates
b Highlight an item to delete, select Options Ď
Delete Ď Selected Ď Yes
To delete all SMS templates, in Step b, select Delete
Ď All, enter Phone Password, press c (Confirm) and
select Yes. To delete multiple items, select Delete Ď
Multiple in Step b, check items to delete, press w
(Delete) Ď Yes.
4-16
Phonebook
Saving to Phonebook
Item
Description
Phonebook Entry Items
820SC
USIM
Card
Yes
Yes3
No
Save phone numbers, mail addresses, and more for
Reading
Single-byte
characters
up to 1,000 entries in Phonebook; USIM Card
Phone
Icon
Select one of six
icons
Yes
(Six Icons)
Phone
Saved with area
Number code
Yes
(5 of up to
40 digits
each)
Yes2 3
Yes
(4 of up to
256
characters
each)
Yes3
(1 address)
Phonebook capacity varies by card. Insert USIM
Card into compatible SoftBank handsets to use
USIM Card Phonebook entries.
Availability
(Quantity)
Each 820SC Phonebook entry contains items listed
Phonebook
below.
Item
Description
Entry
a 3-digit number
Number
Name
5-2
Availability
(Quantity)
820SC
USIM
Card
Yes
(000-999)1
Yes
(0000XX)2
Yes (Up to
Single-/double-byte
50
characters
characters)
Yes3
Email
Single-byte
alphanumerics
Email
Icon
Select one of three
icons
Yes
No
Categor
Select one of twenty
categories
Yes
Yes2
Caller
ID
Select incoming call
image from Data
Folder
Yes
No
Item
Description
Availability
(Quantity)
USIM
Card
Select incoming call
ringtone from Data
Folder
Yes
No
Select incoming S!
Message
Mail/SMS ringtone
Notice
from Data Folder
Yes
No
Blood
Type
Yes
No
Enter the party's
Birthday
date of birth
Yes
No
Enter up to 20
single-byte
Address characters for postal
code and up to 50
for address
Yes
No
Hobby
Up to 100
characters
Yes
No
URL
Up to 100 singlebyte alphanumerics
Yes
(2 URLs)
No
Call
Notice
Select one of four
blood types
Item
Description
820SC
USIM
Card
URL
Icon
Select one of three
icons
Yes
No
Notes
Up to 100
characters
Yes
No
Secret
Mode
Select secret setting
Yes
No
1 Use speed dialing ( P.5-13) to initiate voice calls to
primary number saved in Phonebook Entry Numbers 000
- 099.
2 The number of items that can be saved varies by the type
of USIM Card.
3 The number of characters that can be saved varies by the
type of USIM Card.
Note
5-3
Phonebook
820SC
Availability
(Quantity)
â˘ Protect important information
Phonebook entries may be lost/altered if battery is
removed or left uncharged for an extended period;
accidents/malfunctions may also affect entries.
Back-up entries and store separately. SoftBank is
not liable for damages from lost information.
Adding Entry Items
820SC assigns lowest available Entry Number; edit
as required.
Phonebook Details
Phonebook
ASelect Options â Add to â Phone or
USIM
BEnter additional items as required
*Not available in USIM Card Phonebook.
To change Entry number
Highlight Entry number field and enter a
number
To save Name
aSelect Name field
5-4
bEnter a name
To set Caller ID for a Voice Call or Video
To modify Reading Name
Call*
aSelect Reading Name field
aSelect Caller ID field
bEnter a reading name (use katakana to
bSelect On
organize entries in Phonebook list)
cOpen Data Folder to select an image file, etc.
To save Phone number
To set Call notice for a Voice or Video Call*
Highlight Phone number field and enter a
aSelect Call notice field
number
bSelect On
To set Phone icon
cOpen Data Folder to select a file
aSelect Phone number field
To set S! Mail/SMS Notice*
bSelect an icon
aSelect Message notice field
To save Mail address
bSelect On
aSelect Mail address field
cSelect sound
bEnter an address
To save Blood type*
cSelect an icon
aSelect Blood type field
To set Category
bSelect blood Type
aSelect Category field
To save Birthday*
bSelect a Category
Highlight Birthday field and enter a date
Phonebook
To save Address*
5-5
aSelect Address field
To save Hobby*
bEnter a postal code
aSelect Hobby field
cSelect Address field and enter an address
bEnter text
dPress w (OK)
To save URL*
aSelect URL field
bEnter a URL
cSelect an icon
To save Memo*
aSelect Notes field
bEnter text
Phonebook
To set Secret Mode*
aSelect Secret Mode field
bSelect On
CPress w (Save)
5-6
Tip
â˘ Valid Phone Field Characters
Enter 0-9, #, *, P (Pause), and + (International Code).
Press * for 1+ seconds to enter P or press 0 for 1+
seconds to enter +.
â˘ Saving an Entered Phone Number
During a call, Options Ď Add to Phonebook
a In Standby, enter a phone number
b Options Ď Add to Phonebook Ď Phone or USIM
c Select New or Update and select memory
d Select a phone icon
e Perform Steps 2 and 3
Save numbers from Call Log records to new or
existing Phonebook entries.
APress r
BUse s to open a Call Log, highlight a
record, select Options â Add to
Phonebook â Phone or USIM
CSelect Phonebook entry type
Phonebook
â˘ Synchronizing Phonebook with Samsung PC Studio
Secret Mode entries cannot be synchronized or backedup to a PC even if Secret Mode is active.
The entries with Secret Mode changed from Off to On,
cannot be synchronized and deleted immediately after
the Secret Mode settings has been changed and tried
synchronization.
For more information about Samsung PC Studio, see
the User's guide in the attached CD-ROM.
Saving from Call Log Records
To create a new entry
Select New
To save to an existing entry
aSelect Update
bOpen the Phonebook entry ( P.5-10)
DSelect a phone icon
EEnter additional items as required
5-7
FPress w (Save)
Category Settings
Organize Phonebook entries among twenty
Categories.
New Category (USIM Card)
APress c and select Phonebook
BSelect Options â View from USIM
Phonebook
CPress w (Search) and select Category
search
DSelect Options â New category
EEnter a name
Edit Category
Customize Category names; add images/ringtones to
appear/sound for incoming calls/messages from
members.
APress c and select Phonebook
To select a USIM Card Category
After Step 1, select Options Ď View from USIM
BPress w (Search) and select Category
search
CHighlight category to change, select
Options â Category settings
DEdit Category items
To change Category name
Select Category name field and enter a name
5-8
To set Category image
Select Category image field then select a file
from Data Folder
Add Member
APress c and select Phonebook
To set incoming call ringtone
To select Category on USIM Card
Select Call notice field then select a file from
After Step 1, select Options Ď View from USIM
Data Folder
To set incoming S! Mail/SMS notice
Select Message notice field then select a
ringtone
To restore Category defaults
EPress w (Save)
Tip
CSelect Category to which to add
member
DSelect Options â Add member
ECheck the member to add and press
w (Add)
â˘ Incoming Image & Ringtone Priority
Images and ringtones set for individual Phonebook
entries take priority over those set for a Category.
5-9
Phonebook
Highlight item to restore and press o (Reset)
BPress w (Search) and select Category
search
Tip
â˘ To delete a member from a Category
Deleting a member from a Category does not affect
member's Phonebook entry.
a Perform Steps 1 and 2 in "Add Member"
b Select Category from which to delete member
c Highlight member to delete, select Options Ď
Remove Ď Yes
Using Phonebook
Phonebook
Calling from Phonebook
To search Phonebook list
aSelect Phonebook list
bUse s to navigate Phonebook list
To search by Category
aSelect Category search
bSelect Category
To search by name
aSelect Name search
bEnter any part of Name
To search by Reading
aSelect Reading search
Phonebook Search
bEnter any part of Reading
APress d
To search by Entry Number
If the correct search method appears first
bEnter Entry Number
Proceed to Step 2, Part b
To search by Phone Number
To change method in active search window
aSelect Phone No. search
Press c and proceed to Step 2
bEnter any part of a phone number
BPress w (Search)
5-10
aSelect Entry No. search
To search by Mail Address
aSelect Email search
bEnter any part of an mail address
CSelect an entry
Initiating a Call
ASelect an entry, press c (Details) to
view Details window
To open Entry details
Press c (Details/Select)
Tip
â˘ When Secret Mode is set to Hide
Secret Phonebook entries do not appear. Activate
Secret Mode to search Secret entries.
Entry Details
BSelect a number and initiate a call
To initiate a Voice Call
Press c or select Options Ď Voice call
To initiate a Video Call
Select Options Ď Video call
5-11
Phonebook
â˘ To set Phonebook preference (Phonebook or USIM
Card Phonebook)
a Press c and select Settings Ď Phonebook settings
Ď View phonebook from
b Select Phone memory or USIM memory and press c
(Save)
Tip
â˘ To place a call from Phonebook list
Highlight an entry, select Options Ď Voice call or
Video call. When entry contains multiple numbers,
Default Number is dialled if set; otherwise, first
number listed is dialled. If Default Number is Not
assigned, Call window appears; select a number.
Calling from Simple Search or search result
Phonebook
Reading name corresponding to the Entry Number
appears. Highlight a phone number, press t or c (Select)
Ď c (Call) to initiate a Voice Call; Options Ď Video
call for Video Call.
Calling from Phone No. search or search result
Enter 4-digit number to search and open entry name/
phone number; this search for entries contains the
entered number at the first/last part of the entry. When
Simple search is On and an entry searched, press s to
switch search result between Phone No. search and
Simple search. Highlight a phone number, press t or c
(Select ) Ď c (Call) to initiate a Voice Call; select
Options Ď Video call to call a Video Call.
5-12
Calling USIM Card Phonebook
Entries
Use Entry Numbers as shortcuts to call numbers
saved in the first 100 USIM Card Phonebook entries.
AEnter last two Entry Number digits
BPress #
If the correct entry is not highlighted
Use j to highlight it
CPress w (Call)
To initiate a Video Call
Press o (V-Call)
Change Search Method
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Phonebook list
Setting
Specify search window to appear first when d is
pressed in Standby.
APress c and select Settings â
Phonebook settings â Search type
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
Enter the last two Entry Number digits to call Voice
Call Default Number in Phonebook entries 000 - 099.
AEnter last two Entry Number digits
BPress c (
Tip
â˘ When Simple search is On ( P.15-7)
Enter Entry No. for names and phone numbers. After 5
seconds, search result disappears. When
appears,
press c to dial.
â˘ Search Method Items
Phonebook list: Press d in Standby, list appears.
Other settings: Search window appears.
5-13
Phonebook
Tip
Speed Dialing
Item
Note
Send
Send entry as a vFile; select Via
message, to open a new message
with entry attached ( P.17-6), or
Via bluetooth, to send entry to
another device wirelessly ( P.126).
Delete
Delete an entry ( P.5-17).
Save to Data
Folder
Create a vFile and save it to Other
documents in Data Folder.
Copy to USIM/
Copy to phone
( P.5-16)
View from
USIM/View
from phone1
Toggle Phonebook and USIM
Phonebook.
International
dial
Add international code and country
code to the number ( P.2-2).
Hide/Show my
ID
Show or hide your number when
making calls; Select None to apply
Caller ID setting.
â˘ Speed Dialing is invalid for an entry if Voice Call
Default Number ( P.5-16) is set to Not assigned.
â˘ While Secret Mode is set to Hide, Secret Phonebook
entries cannot be dialled.
Phonebook Options
Use the following options in Phonebook List or
Entry details.
Phonebook
Item
Description
Add to1
Start the process of saving a new
entry.
Voice call
Initiate a Voice Call to the
highlighted number or Default
Number ( P.5-11).
Video call
Initiate a Video Call to the
highlighted number or Default
Number ( P.5-11).
Create message
Open a new message addressed to
the number saved as an entry
( P.17-6).
5-14
Description
Item
Print via
bluetooth
Description
Print highlighted Entry details
(name, phone number information)
using the printer via BluetoothÂŽ
connection.
AOpen Entry details
BPress w (Edit)
CEdit entry items and press w (Save)
Memory status1 Check memory usage.
Copy item2
Copy highlighted entry item.
Mark default
number2
( P.5-16)
1 This item does not appear in Entry details.
2 This item does not appear in Phonebook list.
Phonebook
Editing Phonebook
Entries
To search, list or Entry details, see "Phonebook
Search" ( P.5-10).
Activate Secret Mode to edit Secret Phonebook
entries.
Edit
5-15
Default Number
Default
Setting
Voice call: First phone number
Video call: First phone number
âŤ ŘšâŹMessage: Not assigned
âŤŘšâŹ
âŤŘšâŹ
When an entry contains multiple phone numbers/
mail addresses, set calling/messaging priorities by
assigning to Default Number.
To reset
Highlight Voice call, Video call, or Message
and press o (Reset)
DPress w (Save)
Copy to USIM & Copy to
Phone
Phonebook
Resetting an item changes it to Not assigned.
AHighlight entry or open Entry details
AOpen Entry details
BCopy the entry
BSelect Options â Mark default
number
CSet or reset options
To set
aSelect Voice call, Video call, or Message
bSelect a phone number or mail address
5-16
From Phonebook to USIM Card Phonebook
Options Ď Copy to USIM Ď Selected or All Ď
Yes
From USIM Card Phonebook to Phonebook
Options Ď Copy to phone Ď Selected or All
Deleting Entries
Deleting a Single Entry
EPress w (Delete) and proceed to Step
7 when all are not checked
AHighlight entry or open Entry details
FEnter Phone Password, press
c (Confirm)
BSelect Options â Delete â Selected
GSelect Yes
â Yes
Deleting Multiple Entries at Once
AHighlight entries
Options Ď View from Phone or View from
USIM
Delete all Phonebook or USIM Card Phonebook
AHighlight entries
Toggle Phonebook and USIM Card
Phonebook
BSelect Options â Delete â Multiple
Options Ď View from USIM or View from
CCheck an entry to delete
phone
DRepeat Step 3 to check all target
entries
entries.
Phonebook
Toggle Phonebook or USIM Card Phonebook
Deleting All Entries at Once
BSelect Options â Delete â All
CEnter Phone Password, press
c (Confirm) â Yes
5-17
My Phonebook Details
Options
Item
Description
Send my
phonebook
details
Send as a vFile; select Via message
to create a message with vFile
attached ( P.17-6), or Via
bluetooth to send vFile wirelessly
( P.12-6).
Delete
Delete entered owner information.
Save to Data
Folder
Create a vFile and save it to Other
documents in Data Folder.
Copy item
Copy highlighted entry item.
Phonebook
Confirm handset phone number. Add your name,
Print via
bluetooth
Print My phonebook details (name,
phone number information) using
printer via BluetoothÂŽ connection.
mail address, street address, and other information.
APress c and Press 0
To enter or edit other items
aPress w (Edit)
bEnter/edit items then press w (Save)
5-18
5-19
5
Phonebook
5-20
Video Call
Before Using Video Call
Exchange voice/video with compatible 3G handsets.
You may choose not to send your own image ( P.66).
BSelect Options â Video call
CPress y to end the call
Tip
â˘ Engaged Video Call Operations ( P.6-3)
Video Call Precautions
Video Call
â˘ Calls to incompatible handsets may be disconnected;
charges apply.
â˘ It may be difficult to use Speaker Phone ( P.6-5)
with earpiece volume raised; lower volume or use
Stereo Earphone Microphone.
â˘ Ambient noise may hamper voice quality; use Stereo
Earphone Microphone.
â˘ Using Speaker Phone in public may disturb others;
please mind your mobile manners.
Initiating a Video Call
When Video Call cannot be connected
Unavailable for a video call... appears; select Options
Ď Voice call or Create message to contact the recipient,
or View contact details to open Phonebook. Select Add
to Phonebook to save the receiver's number to
Phonebook or USIM Card Phonebook.
Receiving a Video Call
AWhen 820SC rings/vibrates, press
c (Accept)
Call via Phonebook entries/Call Log records or dial
Loudspeaker on? appears;
directly.
Select Yes or No
AEnter a phone number
Allow own picture to be shown? appears;
6-2
Select Yes or No
BPress y to end the call
Engaged Video Call
Operations
Tip
â˘ To adjust ringtone volume
While 820SC is ringing, press n or b.
Perform operations from Video Call Menu or
Options.
â˘ When a Stereo Earphone Microphone is connected
Press Stereo Earphone Microphone switch for 1+
seconds to answer Video Calls. Press for 1+ seconds to
end a Video Call.
â˘ To disconnect a Video Call without answering it
Press o (Busy)
â˘ Send Your Image or Substitute Image
After Step 1, Your Image appears. When confirmation
appears, select Yes or No to send Your Image or
Substitute Image. When Video Call connects Your
Image or Substitute Image appears.
â˘ Engaged Video Call Operations ( P.6-5)
ďżĽ ďźďźďź
ďźďźďźďźďźďźďźďź
çľäş
ăŞăăăˇă§ăł
aLarge Display (Normally, the other party's image)
bSmall Display (Normally, your image)
cThe other party's name or phone number
dCall duration
eMeaning of the icon at cursor position
fVideo Call Menu Icons
Video Call
â˘ To change or cancel outgoing image
Set 820SC to send Substitute Image beforehand
( P.6-6). Alternatively, change to Substitute Image
during a call ( P.6-6).
ç¸ç°ĺé˝
: Toggle Speaker Phone Off/On
: Toggle Incoming Image Size
6-3
/
: Freeze or unfreeze outgoing image
(Blue)/
(Gray): Toggle Your Image and
To flip outgoing image
Highlight
and press c
Substitute Image
To cancel Your Image/mic/key tones
aOptions Ď Mute
: Freeze or unfreeze incoming image
bCheck item(s) to cancel and press w (Save)
: Flip image
When Camera (Your Image) is canceled,
ADuring Video Calls, select Video Call
Menu or Options to adjust settings
To toggle Speaker Phone off/on
Highlight
and press c
To select incoming image size
Highlight
and press c to select an item
Video Call
To freeze or unfreeze outgoing image
Highlight
and press c
To toggle Your Image and Substitute Image
Highlight
(Blue/Gray) and press c
To freeze or unfreeze incoming image
Highlight
6-4
and press c
Substitute Image is sent.
To adjust outgoing image appearance/quality
aOptions Ď Display options Ď Effects or
Quality
bHighlight an item and press c
To adjust outgoing image brightness
aOptions Ď Display options Ď Brightness
bUse s to adjust brightness
Tip
Engaged Video Call Options
â˘ To adjust earpiece volume
Press j during a Video Call.
Item
Description
â˘ To enlarge or reduce outgoing image
Press n or b during a Video Call.
Normal/Speaker on
Toggle Speaker Phone off/on
( P.6-4).
â˘ When outgoing image is canceled
820SC send caller Substitute Image.
Mute
Cancel sending outgoing image/
mic/key tones ( P.6-4).
Display options
Adjust outgoing image
appearance/quality ( P.6-4).
Settings
Select Video Call settings ( P.66).
Phonebook
Open Phonebook Search
window.
Add to Phonebook
Save number to Phonebook or
USIM Card Phonebook ( P.57).
Send DTMF
Send push tones.
Memo
Create and save text memos
( P.14-10).
Details
Open Phonebook Entry details.
Video Call
6-5
Item
Description
Switch to headset/
Switch to phone
Appears when BluetoothÂŽcompatible headset is in use.
Select headset or phone
(handset).
Selecting a Substitute Image
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Camera Off
Setting
Select an image to use as the outgoing image.
Video Call Settings
Sending Your Image
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Always ask
Setting
When Always ask is set, Choose between Your Image
Video Call
or Substitute Image as outgoing image each time a
Video Call is received.
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Video call â Show my
picture
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
6-6
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Video call â Select still
picture
BPress c (Change)
COpen Data Folder, select a file and
press c (Save)
Tip
â˘ To restore Substitute Image to its default
a Perform Steps 1 and 2
b Select any image file in Data Folder Ď Options Ď
Reset
Retry Settings
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Always ask
Setting
APress c and select Settings â Call
settingsâ Video call â Retry with
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
Tip
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
Set Voice mute to On to answer Video Calls with no
sound sending to caller.
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Video call â Voice mute
BSelect On and press c (Save)
Tip
Video Call
â˘ Retry with Items
Always ask: Select an action from Options.
Voice call: Redial number as a Voice Call.
Messages: Create a message.
None: Return to Standby after a failed Video Call.
Automatic retry option changes by setting.
Voice Mute
â˘ To send sound
a During a Video Call, select Options Ď Mute
b Uncheck Voice
c Press w (Save)
6-7
6-8
Mobile Camera
Before Using Mobile
Camera
Capture still images in JPEG or video in 3GP format.
Rotating Camera
820SC features Rotating Camera. To capture images
or record video, rotate lens inward or outward; press
n (Side Keys) to flip image vertically/horizontally to
Mobile Camera Precautions
suit lens orientation, etc.
â˘ Use a dry soft cloth to remove debris from lens
cover.
â˘ Avoid camera shake; hold 820SC steady or place it
on a stable surface and use Timer.
â˘ Mobile Camera employs high precision
technology, however, some pixels may seem
brighter or darker than others.
Mobile Camera
â˘ Leaving 820SC in a hot place for an extended
period before image capture/save may affect image
quality.
â˘ Exposing lens to direct sunlight may affect color
filter.
7-2
Lens outwards
Lens inwards
c White Balance
Using Display as Viewfinder
bc
: Auto
: Incandescent
bchi
: Fine
: Fluorescent
: Cloudy
d Mode
No display : Single shot
: Multi-shot (6 shots)
: Multi-shot (15 shots)
: Mosaic shot (2 x 2)
: Multi-shot (9 shots)
: Mosaic shot (3 x 3)
e Timer (When set)
ďźďźďźďźďźďźďźďź
ďźďźďźŤ
f Image Orientation (Vertical)
Video Viewfinder
Camera Viewfinder
: Upright Image (Lens Outward)
: Upright Image (Lens Inward)
a Size
Still Image:
b Quality
: Superfine
: Normal
: Economy
g Image Orientation (Horizontal)
: Normal image
: Mirror image
Mobile Camera
Video
: 3 seconds
: 5 seconds
: 10 seconds
h Audio Recording
: Fine
: Low
: On
: Off
i Recording Time
: Limit for S! Mail : 10 seconds
: 30 seconds
: Normal recording
7-3
j Elapsed Recording Time
Mode
k Total Data Size/Recording Time
l Progress Bar
Capturing a Still Image
Camera Mode
Select Single shot to capture single images, Multishot
or Mosaic shot to capture multiple images. Save
images in Pictures.
Mode
Description
Image size
Mobile Camera
Single shot
1600 x 1200
Capture single images, select 1280 x 960
640 x 480
size for purpose; attach
320 x 240
images to S! Mail, save as
240 x 320
Wallpaper, etc.
240 x 192
Multi-shot
Press shutter once to capture
6, 9 or 15 sequential images.
7-4
320 x 240
Description
Capture multiple images, one
at a time; 820SC
automatically combines
Mosaic shot
single images (4 for
2 x 2 or 9 for 3 x 3) into one
composite image.
Image size
240 x 192
Tip
â˘ When using Single shot mode with a frame
Image size is automatically adjusted to 240 x 192.
Capturing Still Images
Single Shot
APress e
In Video mode
Press w (Photos) to change to Camera mode
BSelect Options â Shooting mode â
Single shot â Take & save
To save captured images without review
Select Automatic save
CSelect Options and perform other
actions as required ( P.7-6)
Use r or l to lighten or darken image
EPress c (Take)
To cancel the image and capture another
Press w (Back)
Tip
â˘ To activate/adjust Timer in image preview
Press 5 to toggle 3 seconds, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, and
Off.
â˘ To adjust viewfinder in image preview
Press # to toggle Full screen, Actual ratio, Full screen
without indicator, and Full screen with grid.
â˘ To send an image via S! Mail or BluetoothÂŽ
a After Step 5, press c (Send) and select send medium
b Send image ( P.12-6, 17-6)
Zoom image in/out (invalid for 1600 x 1200)
Use u or d to zoom out or in
7-5
Mobile Camera
DPreview image on Display
Adjust brightness
Preview Options
Review Options
Available options may vary by mode and other settings.
Mobile Camera
7-6
Item
Description
Shooting mode
Select Shooting mode and save
setting for Single shot, or image
count for Multi-shot or Mosaic shot
( P.7-5, 7-9).
Effects
Select Black & White, Sepia or
Negative effects filters. When an
effect is active, select None to
cancel.
Frames
Add a frame to image in Single shot
mode.
Timer
Activate self-timer ( P.7-5).
Go to photos
Open Pictures folder.
Camera settings
Select image size, image quality,
etc. ( P.7-13).
Camera
shortcuts
Open a function shortcuts graphic
( P.7-10).
Item
Description
Delete
Delete the last image captured.
Set as
Set image for Wallpaper,
Phonebook entries, or Substitute
Image.
Edit photo
Edit an image in Pictures folder
( P.7-15).
Dynamic Effect
Create FlashÂŽ images using Still
images ( P.7-19).
Rename
Change file name.
mPostcard
Create a mobile postcard ( P.7-7).
Go to photos
Open Pictures folder.
Lock/Unlock
Set/release file protection.
Details
Confirm file size or format.
Mobile Postcard
EPress c (Merge) and check result
Use Single shot, Multi-shot, or Mosaic shot images.
To change image
This function renders one of two images as line art,
aPress C
merging it with the other to create a stamped
bHighlight image to change, select Options Ď
photograph.
ACapture an image ( P.7-5, 7-8)
BSelect Options â mPostcard
CPress c (Add)
DAdd a second image
To select a still image from Data Folder
aSelect Open
To capture an image
aSelect Take photo
bPress c (Take)
cPress c (Add)
cRepeat Steps 4 and 5
To swap image positions
aPress C
bOptions Ď Swap image
cPerform Step 5
FTo edit line art, press o (Edit)
To change line art position
aOptions Ď Move
bUse a to move image and press w (Done)
Mobile Camera
bOpen Data Folder and select an image file
Change image
To change line art size
aOptions Ď Size
bUse j to adjust image and press w (Done)
7-7
To rotate line art
aOptions Ď Rotate
bUse s to rotate image and press w (Done)
APress e
To change line art color
In Video mode
aOptions Ď Change colour
Press w (Photos) to change Camera mode
bUse s to select color and press w (Done)
To adjust line art shadow
aOptions Ď Shadow on or Shadow off
bPress w (Done)
GPress w (Save) and enter a file name
To save and send image
aPress c (S & S)
bSelect medium and send ( P.12-6, 17-6)
Multi Shot
BSelect Options â Shooting mode â
Multi-shot and select the number of
images to capture
CSelect Options and perform other
actions as required ( P.7-6)
DPreview image on Display
Zoom in/out
Mobile Camera
Use u or d to enlarge or reduce image
Adjust brightness
Use r or l to lighten or darken image
EPress c (Take)
7-8
FView captured still image(s)
DPreview image on Display
To view still images individually
Zoom in/out
aHighlight the image and press c (View)
Use u or d to zoom in or out
bPress C
Adjust brightness
To retake a still image
Use r or l to brighten or darken image
Press w (Back)
Mosaic Shot
EPress c (Take) for each image
FView captured still images
APress e
In Video mode
Press w (Photos) to change Camera mode
CSelect Options and perform other
actions as required ( P.7-6)
Mosaic Mode (2 x 2)
Mobile Camera
BSelect Options â Shooting mode â
Mosaic shot to select the number of
images to capture
To retake an image
Press w (Back)
7-9
Shortcut Key Operations
Key
Item
Press the assigned key to change item settings.
Available shortcuts vary by mode or setting status.
Key
Item
Description
Size
1600 x 1200, 1280 x 960,
640 x 480, 320 x 240,
240 x 320, 240 x 192
Quality
Superfine, Fine, Normal,
Low, Economy
Auto, Fine, Cloudy,
White balance
Incandescent, Fluorescent
Timer
3 seconds, 5 seconds, 10
seconds
Mobile Camera
Single shot, Multi-shot (6, 9,
15 shots), Mosaic shot (2 x 2,
3 x 3)
Shooting
mode
Frames
Select from 9 types
Effects
Black & White, Sepia,
Negative
Photo album
Description
Toggle Full screen, Actual
ratio, Full screen without
indicator, Full screen with
grid
Screen mode
Mode switch
Vertical
inverse
Horizontal
inverse
Zoom
Brightness
Capturing Video
Video Mode
Capture clips to attach to mail or save as mementos.
Alternatively, capture clips without sound. Files are
saved in 3GP format to Videos folder in Data Folder.
7-10
Recording Video
APress e
FPress c (Play) to view clip
To continue recording
Press w (Back)
In Camera mode
Press w (Videos) to open Video mode
BSelect Options and perform other
actions as required ( P.7-11)
CPreview image on Display
Zoom in/out
Tip
â˘ To activate/adjust Timer
In image preview, press 5 to toggle 3 seconds, 5
seconds, 10 seconds, Off.
Preview Options
Item
Timer
Activate self-timer ( P.7-11).
Use r or l to lighten or darken image
DPress c (Record)
EPress c (Save) and end
After recording time elapses
Recording ends and clip is saved automatically.
Go to videos
Open Videos folder.
Video settings
Select image size, image quality,
etc. ( P.7-14).
Camcorder
shortcuts
Open a function shortcuts graphic
( P.7-12).
7-11
Mobile Camera
Effects
Select Black & White, Sepia, or
Negative effects filters. When an
effect is active, select None to
cancel.
Use u or d to enlarge or reduce image
Adjust brightness
Description
Review Options
Key
Item
Description
Description
Quality
Fine, Normal, Low,
Economy
Limit for S! Mail, 10
seconds, 30 seconds,
Normal recording
Edit Video files in Data Folder (P.717).
Edit
Item
Mobile Camera
Resolution
Select video display size while
playing or paused.
Shooting time
Send
Send file via S! Mail ( P.17-6) or
BluetoothÂŽ ( P.12-6).
White balance
Auto, Fine, Cloudy,
Incandescent, Fluorescent
Set as
Set captured videos as Voice
ringtone or Video ringtone.
Timer
3 seconds, 5 seconds, 10
seconds
Delete
Delete the last video captured.
On, Off
Rename
Change file name.
Audio
recording
Go to videos
Open Videos folder.
Effects
Lock/Unlock
Set/release file protection.
Black & White, Sepia,
Negative
Details
Confirm file size or format.
Record album
Mode switch
Vertical
inverse
Horizontal
inverse
Zoom
Brightness
Shortcut Key Operations
Change settings by pressing key assigned to each item.
Key
7-12
Item
Size
Description
320 x 240, 176 x 144,
128 x 96
Mobile Camera Settings
Adjust image size, quality, save location, etc.
To set image size
aSelect Size
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
To set image quality
Camera Settings
Default
Setting
Size: 240 x 320 âŤŘšâŹQuality: Normal
âŤŘšâŹViewfinder: Full screen
âŤŘšâŹShutter sound: Shutter 1
âŤŘšâŹMulti-shot speed: High
âŤŘšâŹSingle shot mode: Take & save
âŤŘšâŹWhite balance: Auto
âŤŘšâŹDefault name: Photo
âŤŘšâŹ
APress e
aSelect Quality
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
To set Viewfinder
aSelect Viewfinder
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
To set the shutter sound
aSelect Shutter sound
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
In Video mode
To set sequential shot speed
Press w (Photos) to change to Camera mode
aSelect Multi-shot speed
CSelect an item and set
Mobile Camera
BSelect Options â Camera settings
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
To set the Single shot mode
aSelect Single shot mode
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
7-13
To set white balance
aSelect White balance
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
To set file name
aSelect Default name
bEnter file name
Video Settings
Default
Setting
Recording time: Limit for S! Mail
Size: 176 x 144
âŤ ŘšâŹQuality: Economy âŤ ŘšâŹAudio recording:
On
âŤ ŘšâŹDefault name: Video
âŤŘšâŹ
âŤŘšâŹ
APress e
To set duration
aSelect Recording time
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
To set size
aSelect Size
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
To set image quality
aSelect Quality
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
To set voice recording
aSelect Audio recording
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
Mobile Camera
In Camera mode
To set file name
Press w (Videos) to change to Video mode
aSelect Default name
BSelect Options â Video settings
7-14
CSelect an item and adjust settings
bEnter file name
Tip
â˘ Video recording time
For Normal recording, record up to one hour of video.
â˘ When Recording time is set to Limit for S! Mail
Size 320 x 240 is not selectable and Quality is Economy.
Viewing Images
View images/video clips saved in Data Folder.
Viewing Videos
APress e
In Camera mode
Press w (Videos) to change to Video mode
BSelect Options â Go to videos
CHighlight and select a file and press c
(Play)
Viewing Still Images
APress e
In Video mode
Editing Still Images
Edit image files saved in Data Folder.
CHighlight a file and press c (View)
BHighlight a file and press c (View)
CPress c (Edit)
7-15
Mobile Camera
BSelect Options â Go to photos
APress c, select Data folder and select
an image to edit
Press w (Photos) to change Camera mode
DEdit using Options
To change the size of an image
To add a frame
aSelect Resize
aSelect Frames
bSelect the setting
bUse s to select a frame
cEnter Width or Height (If Customise is
cPress w (Done)
selected)
aSelect Cliparts
To add effects to an image
bSelect a piece of clip art to add to an image
aSelect Effects
cOptions Ď Size and use j to adjust clip art
size
cPress w (Done)
dOptions Ď Rotate and use s to turn clip art
To add blur or correct red-eye
eOptions Ď Move and use a to move clip art
aSelect Partial effects Ď Partial blur or
Mobile Camera
Redeye repair
fPress w (Done)
To add text to image (320 x 240 or above)
bOptions and select the suitable operation
aSelect Insert text
cPress w (Done)
bEnter text
To adjust an image
cOptions Ď Size and use j to adjust text size
aSelect Adjust Ď Brightness/Contrast/Colour
bAdjust the image
7-16
To add clip art to an image
dPress w (Done)
bSelect the setting
cPress w (Done)
dOptions Ď Rotate and use s to turn text
eOptions Ď Font size Ď Large/Normal/Small
fOptions Ď Colour and use a to adjust text
color
gPress w (Done)
To rotate image
fPress w (Done)
EPress c (Save)
FEnter a name for the image
aSelect Rotate
bSelect 90Â° R or 90Â° L
cPress w (Done)
To flip image
aSelect Flip
bSelect Vertically or Horizontally
cPress w (Done)
To crop image
aSelect Crop
bOptions Ď Size and use j to adjust trimming
trimming shape
dOptions Ď Move and use a to adjust
trimming position
eOptions Ď Crop
Edit Video files in Data Folder.
APress c, and select Data Folder â
Videos
BHighlight a file, select Options â Edit
CEdit using Options
To cut video
Mobile Camera
size
cOptions Ď Shape and use s to select
Editing Video
aSelect Cut
bPress c (Play)
cPress w (Start) at the start point
dPress w (End) at the End point
eTo cancel and retry, press o (Reset) and
repeat b to d
7-17
fPress w (Done)
To merge multiple videos
aSelect Merge
bCheck files to merge (Up to ten files)
cRepeat b to check all target files
dPress w (Done)
ePress c (Merge)
To replace sound from other video/sound
aSelect Replace sound Ď From other video or
From other sound
bPress c (Open)
cSelect a file and press w (Done)
DPress c (Save)
Mobile Camera
EEnter a file name
7-18
Tip
â˘ To confirm video before editing
Press w (Preview)
â˘ To add files to merge videos
a After e in Step 3 in "To merge multiple videos,"
select Options Ď Add
b Perform b to e in Step 3 in "To merge multiple
videos"
â˘ To delete the file order for merging
a After e in Step 3 in "To merge multiple videos,"
use s to highlight the file to delete
b Options Ď Delete Ď Yes
â˘ To change the file order for merging
a After e in Step 3 in "To merge multiple videos,"
use s to highlight the file to move
b Options Ď Change order
c Use s to highlight a personal folder or a file,
highlight the file and press c
cOptions Ď Size, use j to adjust size and press
Create FlashÂŽ
w (Done)
ÂŽ
Create Flash images using still images saved in
ÂŽ
dOptions Ď Rotate and use s to adjust angle
Pictures folder, already created Flash images saved
eUse a to adjust position and w (Done)
in Other documents folder, or still images previewed
fRepeat a to e to add more icons
immediately after shooting; newly created FlashÂŽ
To add text to image
images are saved to Other documents folder in Data
aSelect
Folder.
bEnter text
APress c and Camera â Dynamic effect
list
cOptions Ď Font size and adjust size and
BSelect files
CPerform creation operations
aSelect
(Frame)
bSelect frame
press w (Done)
dOptions Ď Font color and use s to adjust
color and press w (Done)
eUse a to adjust the position and w (Done)
fUse s to change scroll direction and press
w (Done)
gTo add more text, select
(Text), press
c (Insert) and repeat b to g
To add icon to image
aSelect
(Icon)
bSelect icon
7-19
Mobile Camera
To add frame to image
(Text)
To add watch on image
aSelect
â˘ To create FlashÂŽ images using Data Folder images
a Highlight image saved in Data Folder and select
Options Ď Dynamic Effect
b Perform Steps 1 to 3 ( P.7-19) in "Create FlashÂŽ"
(Watch)
bSelect the watch
cPress w (Done)
To reset image during editing
aSelect
Note
(Reset)
â˘ Created FlashÂŽ images cannot be sent as message.
bSelect Yes
DPress w (Save)
Attaching Images
EEnter an image name
Attach captured image or recorded video to S! Mail.
Tip
â˘ To delete added frame/watch
a After Step 2, select
(Frame) or
b Press w (Delete)
(Watch)
Mobile Camera
â˘ To delete added icon(s)/text
a After Step 2, select
(Icon) or
(Text)
b Use s to highlight more icons/text to delete
c Press w (Delete)
d Press c (Done)
â˘ Available icon/text to add
Up to 5 icons/texts can be added.
7-20
AAfter capturing, press c (Send) â As
message
To send video
In image review, select Options Ď Send Ď As
message
BEnter an address, subject, text, etc.,
and send
Tip
â˘ To send a still image or video via BluetoothÂŽ
Select Via bluetooth in Step 1 ( P.12-6).
Mobile Camera
7-21
7-22
Display Settings
Standby Display Settings
Wallpaper
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
To set/edit the image of Slide Show
aSelect Slide show and press w (Edit)
bPerform Steps 2 to 4 in "Slide Show" ( P.82) or perform Steps 2 and 3 in "Editing Slide
Show" ( P.8-3)
Pictures
Setting
CPress c (Save)
Set an image, animation, Slide Show or mPet world
image to appear in Standby.
Display Settings
APress c and select Settings â Display
settings â Wallpaper
Tip
â˘ After setting mPet
mPet operations are enabled ( P.24-5). Press y to
show Standby as usual; various operations can be
performed.
BPerform operations to set
To change settings
Note
Select Pictures, Slide show, mPet world image,
â˘ If no pet is selected in mPet, mPet world image
cannot be set as Wallpaper.
or None
To change the image
aHighlight Pictures and press w (Edit)
8-2
Slide Show
bSelect a folder then a file
APress c and select Tools â Slide show
cPress c (Set)
BPress c (Add)
CSelect a folder, check an image and
press w (Done)
To see preview
aPress w (Preview) and select Yes (cropped
image) or No (original image)
bPress C to close the preview
To set effect
aUse j to highlight Effect field
Tip
â˘ To adjust slide size
For a larger image, select Yes in Step 4. For the original
image, select No.
Editing Slide Show
APress c and select Tools â Slide show
BEdit Slide image
To edit still images
To change the slide interval
aOptions Ď Replace
aUse j to highlight Duration field
bCheck a still image to set and press w (Done)
bUse s to highlight Effect field
To change image order
DPress c (Set) and select Yes (crop
sides) or No (show full image)
aHighlight images to change and select
Options Ď Change Order
Display Settings
bUse s to toggle setting
bUse a to change order and press c (Save)
To delete a still image
Highlight image to delete, select Options Ď
Delete Ď Yes
To add a still image
8-3
aHighlight an empty slide and press o (Add)
bCheck a still image to add and press w
(Done)
BSelect settings
Digital clock
aSelect Digital clock
CPress c (Set) and select Yes or No
bPress w (Edit) and use s to select clock type
cPress c
Tip
Dual clock
â˘ To adjust slide size
Select Yes in Step 3 to enlarge the image.
aSelect Dual clock
bPress w (Edit)
cPerform Step 3 in "Changing Home Time
Display Settings
Clock Display
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
Set Digital clock, Dual clock or Calendar to appear in
Standby. Alternatively, hide clock in Standby.
APress c and select Settings â Display
settings â Clock display
8-4
Zone" ( P.1-23)
To display calendar
Select Calendar
To hide clock
Select Off
CPress c (Save)
Tip
â˘ When Dual clock is set
Two clocks appear in Standby. Top time is that of the
zone selected in "Changing Home Time Zone" ( P.123) and bottom time is that of the zone set in Dual
clock ( P.8-4).
Menu Display
Menu Style
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Black
Setting
Operator Name
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
APress c and select Settings â Display
settings â Operator name
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
APress c and select Settings â Display
settings â Main menu style
bUse s to change the type
Display Settings
In Standby, show or hide operator name.
Change menu appearance.
cPress d and Use s to change seasons
BPerform operations to set
To set Bicycle
aSelect Bicycle
To set Amoeba or Slider
aSelect Amoeba or Slider
bUse s to change the type
To set Black
8-5
Proceed to Step 4
CPress c
DPress w (Save)
Popup Menu
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
When active, sub menus appear in a popup window
Display Settings
when a menu item is highlighted.
APress c and select Settings â Display
settings â Popup menu
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
Tip
â˘ When an item with no sub menu is highlighted
Nothing appears. Popup menus do not appear in
Alarms.
8-6
List Font Size
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Large
Setting
Set main menu item font size.
APress c and select Settings â Display
settings â List font size
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
Zoom List
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
When active, highlighted menu items appear larger.
APress c and select Settings â Display
settings â Zoom list
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
â˘ Effective Range
Zoom list applies only to items in sub-sub menus or
lower. For example, select Settings Ď Call settings Ď
Voice call Ď Diverts. Voice call items appear zoomed.
Adjusting Display Brightness
APress c and select Settings â Display
settings â Brightness
BUse a to adjust brightness and press c
(Save)
Backlight Duration
Set backlight time. Display becomes dimmer when
time set in On elapses and turns off when time set in
Dim elapses.
Default
Display Settings
Tip
Backlight Brightness &
Duration
âŤŘšâŹ
On: 15 seconds
âŤŘšâŹ
Dim: 5 seconds
Setting
APress c and select Settings â Display
settings â Backlight time
8-7
BSelect an item and set it
To set illumination time
aSelect On field
bSelect time and press c
To set panel off time
aSelect Dim field
bSelect time and press c
CPress w (Save)
Display Settings
Sub LCD Light
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Power saving mode
Setting
APress c and select Settings â Display
settings â Sub LCD light
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
8-8
Tip
â˘ Sub LCD light settings
On: Closing 820SC illuminates Sub LCD; Clock
appears for 3 seconds only; Sub Display indicators
remain on.
Power saving mode: Closing 820SC illuminates Sub
LCD for 3 seconds.
Off: Sub LCD remains off.
Opening 820SC automatically turns Sub LCD off.
Dialing Display
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Font type: Normal
Setting
Appears when dialing in Standby. When character
type is set to Normal or Serif, select font size, color
and background color.
APress c and select Settings â Display
settings â Dialling display
BSelect an item and set it
To set font type
aSelect Font type
bUse s to switch font type
Greeting Messages
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
âŤŘšâŹ
Main LCD: No entry
Sub LCD: No entry
To set the font size
aSelect Font size
Change power on message for Display.
bUse s to select the size
APress c and select Settings â Display
settings â Greeting message â Main
To set font color
aSelect Font colour
LCD or Sub LCD
To set background color
Display Settings
bUse s to select the setting
aSelect Background colour
cUse u to move cursor to Color selection field
BEdit power on message text
and use s to select a color (For Monochrome
only)
bUse s to select the color
CPress c (Save)
8-9
Display Language
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
áŁŁá§âş (Japanese)
Setting
Set 820SC user interface to appear in English,
Japanese, or Korean.
APress c and select č¨ĺŽ â ä¸čŹč¨ĺŽ â
Language or č¨čŞé¸ć
Display Settings
BSelect English and press c (äżĺ/Save/
8-10
Sound Settings
Changing Profile Settings
cHighlight a melody, select Options Ď Play
dPress o (Select)
Sound Settings
Change 820SC incoming transmission response by
ePress w (Save)
profile.
To set S! Mail/SMS ringtone
In Car Profile, select Call answer mode.
aSelect Ringtone and Messages
AIn Standby, press * for 1+ seconds
BHighlight a profile and press w (Edit)
To set Ringtone volume
bSelect setting
cPress w (Play) to confirm ringtone and press
dPress w (Save)
aSelect Ringtone volume and select item to set
To set vibration
bUse s to adjust volume
aSelect Vibration and select items
cPress w (Play) to confirm volume and press c
bSelect setting and press c (Save)
dPress w (Save)
To set S! Mail/SMS ring duration
To set Voice/Video Call ringtone
aSelect Message ringtone duration
aSelect Ringtone and Voice call or Video call
bEnter duration and press c
bSelect the save location for files
To set sound effect or key tone volume
aSelect Key tone volume
bUse s to adjust volume and press c (Save)
9-2
To set Phone sounds
aSelect Phone sounds
bCheck items to set and press w (Save)
aSelect Key tones
bSelect setting and press c (Save)
To set Car Profile answering method
aSelect Call answer mode
bSelect setting and press c (Save)
â˘ Ringtone volume
Select
for step-up ringer.
â˘ Acoustic shock
Reduces ringer volume to Level 1 for the first two
seconds.
â˘ Car Profile Call answer mode
If Any key is set, press any key except w , o , y , or Side
Key n or b.
â˘ To set Car Profile auto answer time
After b in "To set Car Profile answering method" in
Step 2, select Automatic and press w (Edit); edit
answer time and press c.
â˘ To Voice recorder recording as ringtone
After b in "To set ringtone" in Step 2, select amr file.
â˘ To adjust the volume while 820SC rings
Press Side Key n or b while 820SC rings.
â˘ To turn ringer and vibration off
Mute Ringtone volume and set Vibration Off; mute
indicator ( ) appears.
9-3
Sound Settings
To set key tone
Tip
9
Sound Settings
â˘ To change ringtone title for S! Mail/SMS
a After b in "To set ringtone for S! Mail/SMS" in
Step 2, highlight Data Folder and press o (Change)
b Select location to save the file
c Highlight the file, select Options Ď Play
d Press o (Select)
e Press w (Save)
â˘ To adjust key tone volume
In Standby, press Side Key n or b.
Sound settings
Change Normal Profile sound settings here.
9-4
Profile settings
Available items vary by Profile. Defaults are as listed below.
Profile
Normal
Manner
Car
Meeting
Outdoor
Sound Settings
Item
Ringtone volume
Voice call
Level 4
N/A
Level 4
Off
Level 5
Video call
Level 4
N/A
Level 4
Off
Level 5
Messages
Level 4
N/A
Level 4
Off
Level 5
Voice call
03 acapella.mmf
N/A
03 acapella.mmf
03 acapella.mmf
03 acapella.mmf
Video call
Techno
Dance.mp4
N/A
Techno
Dance.mp4
Techno
Dance.mp4
Techno
Dance.mp4
Messages
Pure
N/A
Pure
Pure
Pure
On
On
On
On
On
Ringtone
Vibration
Voice call
Video call
On
On
On
On
On
Messages
On
On
On
On
On
9-5
Item
Sound Settings
9-6
Profile
Normal
Manner
Car
Meeting
Outdoor
Message ringtone
5 Seconds
duration
N/A
5 Seconds
5 Seconds
5 Seconds
Key tone volume
Level 2
N/A
Level 4
Off
Level 5
Phone sounds
Several tones On
Alerts on call
Several tones On
Alerts on call
Several tones On
Key tones
Xylophone
N/A
Xylophone
Xylophone
Xylophone
Call answer mode N/A
N/A
Normal
N/A
N/A
Answer machine
On
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Phone Sounds
Available items vary by Profile. Volume Level set in
Key Tone Volume applies to all Phone Sounds.
Sound Settings
Item
Description
All
Check/uncheck all items.
Popup box
alerts
Sounds for confirmations/warnings.
Minute minder
Sounds about once a minute during
calls.
Call connect
tone
Sounds when calls connect before
called phone rings.
Call end tone
Sounds when a call ends.
Power on
Sounds when power turns on.
Open/close
folder
Sounds when 820SC is opened/
closed.
Alerts on call
Sounds for alarms/incoming
transmissions.
9-7
9-8
Media Player
â˘ Use Stereo Earphone Microphone to accept Voice
Calls. When 820SC rings/vibrates, press switch for
1+ seconds to answer the call.
Before Using Media
Player
10
Play Data Folder sound/video files or stream online
Playable File Formats
media.
Media Player
Player
â˘ From Music or Video menu, select Download
music or Download videos, to download files via
Yahoo! Keitai.
â˘ Use Stereo Earphone Microphone. Insert as shown
below. Unplug Stereo Earphone Microphone to use
Speaker.
Left
Stereo
Earphone
Connector
10-2
Right
File (Extension)
Music
MPEG4 Audio (mp4, aac, 3gp (Sound
only))
Video
MPEG4 (mp4, 3gp)
Tip
â˘ Other Playback Conditions
Media Player will only play files described above
saved in Sounds & Ringtones in Data Folder; select
directly from Data Folder.
Playing Music
APress c and select Media Player â
Music
c Status : PLAY, PAUSE, STOP
d Repeat mode
(Off),
(One),
(Shuffle),
e File number/Total number of files
(All)
10
f Playing volume
Media Player
BSelect files
g Total playing time
Select from All music, Recent music or Most
h Elapsed playing time
played music and highlight a file. Play files
i Progress bar
from Playlist ( P.10-6)
CPress c (Play)
ďźŽď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ ďźĄď˝ď˝ď˝âďźĽď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ ďźˇď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝
Tip
â˘ To end playback and return to Options
Press C. In Options, press C to return to the previous
menu or close Options menu.
â˘ Incoming calls
Playback pauses and 820SC rings; after call ends
playback remains paused.
â˘ Incoming messages
or
appears and 820SC vibrates.
Melody Player Window
a Artist's name and title (File name when title is
unknown)
b Skin
10-3
â˘ Alarm times
Playback pauses, Alarm sounds and details appear.
Press any key to cancel alarm and resume playback;
press another key to reopen Media Player window.
10
Player Window & List Options
Available items vary by file type, etc.
Item
Description
Media Player
Send
Send file via S! Mail ( P.17-6) or
BluetoothÂŽ ( P.12-6).
Add
Add files to Playlist. Select
Playlist to add all files contained
in another Playlist. Select Files to
add selected files to Playlist.
Move track in
playlist
Change order of files in Playlist.
View bookmark
Access a page containing a
streaming play link saved as a
bookmark.
View history
Access a page containing a
streaming play link already
accessed.
Recent music/Most played music
Add to playlist
Most recently played file appears first in Recent music.
Most frequently played file appears first in Most played
music. Each list holds up to 100 records.
Files in All music are added to Play
List. Choose Selected file to add
highlighted file, or Multiple file to
add multiple files to Playlist.
Play by
Play tracks by album, artist or
genre.
â˘ Saving files as Ringtone
Highlight a file in list or from pause or stop, press w
(Set as) and select a function. Only valid files can be
saved.
â˘ Using other functions
Use Switch Bar ( P.1-26).
All music
Lists all playable files (up to 9999 files).
Download music
Shortcut to download site.
Music search
Shortcut to Music search. site; search by genre or
keyword.
10-4
Item
Description
Tip
Delete
Delete a highlighted file or all
files.
Rename
Change file name.
Lock/Unlock
Set/release file protection.
Details
Confirm file size, etc.
Stop
End playback.
Playing Files from Playlists
Play via
In Player window, select
Headphone or Speaker ( P.12-7)
for sound output.
Create up to 20 Playlists, containing up to 100 files
â˘ When Transfer to A/V headset is set
Raise/lower volume from A/V headset.
10
each.
Transfer to A/V
headset/Transfer
to Phone
Select Headphone or Speaker
( P.12-7) as sound output source.
APress c and select Media Player â
Music
Download
content key
Purchase or acquire Content Key.
BSelect Options â Create playlist
Create playlist
Create new Playlist ( P.10-5).
Rename
Change Playlist name.
Open playlist
Open Playlist.
Player settings
Adjust Media Player settings
( P.10-6).
CEnter Playlist name
DSelect the created Playlist
ESelect Options â Add â Files
10-5
Media Player
Create Playlist
FCheck files to save and press
w (Save)
10
Tip
Media Player
â˘ To create a Playlist from tracks in an existing one:
a Perform Steps 1 to 3
b Options Ď Add Ď Playlist
c Select Playlist from which to add all melodies
Play
APress c and select Media Player â
Music
BSelect Playlist to play, select Options
â Play
â˘ To change Playlist name
a Highlight Playlist, select Options Ď Rename
b Enter Playlist name
Changing Music Player
Settings
â˘ To delete selected Playlist
Options Ď Delete Ď Selected Ď Yes
Repeat Mode
â˘ To delete all Playlists
a Highlight Playlist, select Options Ď Delete Ď All
b Enter Phone Password and press c (Confirm)
c Select Yes
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
OFF
Setting
Play a single track repeatedly, all files in All music,
or tracks from Playlist, randomly or repeatedly.
APress c and select Media Player â
Music
10-6
BSelect Options â Player settings â
Repeat mode
APress c and select Media Player â
Music
CSelect an item and press c (Save)
BSelect Options â Player settings â
Audio Skin
APress c and select Media Player â
Music
BSelect Options â Player settings â
Tone volume
CUse a to adjust the volume and press
c (Save)
CSelect the setting and press c (Save)
Visualization Mode
Visualization On/Off
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
On
Setting
Activate or cancel this setting to apply or cancel
Skin, Controller and Backlight settings while playing
Audio Skin
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Rainbow wave
Setting
MPEG4 AAC or AAC+ files.
APress c and select Media Player â
Music
Set one of two images to appear while music plays.
10-7
Media Player
Tone Volume
10
BSelect Options â Player settings â
Visualization â Visualization mode
10
CSelect the setting and press c (Save)
Media Player
Skin, Show Controller, & Backlight
Default
Setting
Skin: Flowers
Show controller: Show
âŤ ŘšâŹBacklight: Normal
âŤŘšâŹ
BSelect Options â Player settings â
Visualization â Skin, Show controller,
or Backlight
CSelect the setting and press c (Save)
Playing Video
âŤŘšâŹ
Select one of ten skins to appear while music plays.
Set Show controller to Hide for full screen view. Set
Backlight to Always on to see skin with handset
open.
APress c and select Media Player â
Music
APress c and select Media Player â
Video
BSelect files
From All Video
Select All Video and highlight the file
From Recent video
Select Recent video and highlight the file
From Most Played video
Select Most Played video and highlight the file
From Playlist ( P.10-6)
10-8
CPress c (Play)
ďźŽď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ ďźď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝âďź
Tip
â˘ To set video file as Ringtone
Highlight paused file or one from list and press w (Set
as). Set file as Ringtone ( P.11-11). Valid only for
compatible files.
â˘ Playlist
a After Step 1, select Options Ď Create playlist
b Perform Steps 2 to 5 in "Create Playlist" ( P.10-5)
Video Player Window
a Artist's name and title (File name when the video
title information is unknown)
All Video
All (up to 9999) playable files appear.
b Playing status : PLAY/PAUSE/STOP
Download videos
c Progress bar
Shortcut to download site.
d File no./Total number of files
Recent video/Most Played video
e Playing volume level
Most recently played file appears first in Recent video.
Most frequently played file appears first in Most Played
Video. Each list holds up to 100 records.
f Total playing time
g Elapsed playing time
10-9
10
Media Player
Player Window & List Options
Select Options in Player window or list and perform
operations listed below. Available items vary by file
type, etc.
10
Item
Item
Media Player
Add to playlist
Add a file to Playlist in All Video.
Select Selected file to add
highlighted file to Playlist.
Select Multiple file to add multiple
files.
Delete
Delete a highlighted file or all files.
Rename
Change file name.
Lock/Unlock
Set/release file protection.
Description
Full screen view Play video in full screen view.
Add
Add files to Playlist. Select Playlist
to add all files contained in another
Playlist. Select individual files to
add to Playlist.
Move track in
playlist
Change order of files in Playlist.
Stop
End video playback.
Edit
Edit video files ( P.7-17).
Resolution
Set video display size.
Send
Send file via S! Mail ( P.17-6) or
BluetoothÂŽ ( P.12-6).
Access a page containing a
View bookmark streaming link saved as a
bookmark.
View history
10-10
Access a page containing a
streaming link already accessed.
Description
Details
Confirm file size, etc.
Play via
In Player window, select
Headphone or Speaker ( P.12-7)
for sound output.
Transfer to A/V
Select Headphone or Speaker
headset/
( P.12-7) as sound output source.
Transfer to
Phone
Create playlist
Create new Playlist ( P.10-5).
Rename
Change Playlist name.
Player settings
Adjust Media Player settings
( P.10-11).
Player Settings
Repeat Mode
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
Play a file repeatedly or files in a folder randomly/
repeatedly.
APress c and select Media Player â
Video
APress c and select Media player â
Video
BHighlight a file and press c (Play)
CSelect Options â Player settings â
Tone volume
DUse a to adjust the volume and press
c (Save)
BHighlight a file and press c (Play)
CSelect Options â Player settings â
Repeat mode
DSelect the setting and press c (Save)
10-11
10
Media Player
Default
Tone Volume
Resolution
Adjust video size during playback or while paused.
10
Media Player
APress c and select Media Player â
Video
BHighlight a file and press c (Play)
CSelect Options â Resolution and
select a size
10-12
Managing Files
(Data Folder)
Folder
Data Folder
820SC files are organized in folders by file format.
Default Folders
11
Managing Files(Data Folder)
additional sub-folders in Default folders as required.
Default
ďź¤ď˝ď˝ď˝ ďźŚď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝
ďź°ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝âť
ďźśď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝
Sď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ ďź ďź˛ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝âť
S! Aď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝
Bď˝ď˝ď˝
ďźŻď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝âť
ďźď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝ď˝
All still images
JPEG, BMP, GIF,
WBMP, PNG,
Animation GIF
Videos
All videos
MPEG4 (3GP,
MP4)
Sounds
Ringtones
All sounds
SMAF/MIDI/SPrecorded with
MIDI,
Voice Recorder,
MPEG4 Audio,
downloaded music,
AMR
and other sound
files
S! Appli S! Appli
Book
ĚŞ Sub-folder Pre-installed
(For files which come
pre-installed with
Other
documents
11-2
File Formats1
Pictures
Data Folder contains six default folders; new files are
saved to the appropriate folder (see right). Create
Description
Save downloaded
electronic comic/
photo book files
JAVA
CCF
Documents,
SWF, SVG,
graphics/animation
vCard,
requiring File
vCalendar,
Viewer for display;
PDF,
XLS,
FlashÂŽ files,
DOC,
PPT,
TXT,
vFiles, etc. are
Unsupported files
saved here
1 Copy or move sorted files to other folders as required.
Tip
â˘ Savable number of files/folders
Up to 999 files/folders can be saved each Default
Folder.
Memory status
Download links
appears in Data Folder for download site shortcut.
Select to connect to the download site.
Download Book
In Data Folder, Use Download Book in Book Folder as
a download site shortcut. Select it to open the site.
11-3
11
Managing Files(Data Folder)
Select to view memory usage of each Data Folder.
Alternatively, use setup menu to view memory status
( P15-8).
Saved Files
Opening Files
APress c and select Data Folder
11
BSelect the folder where a file is saved
Managing Files(Data Folder)
CHighlight a file and press c (View/
Play/Select/Start)
Tip
â˘ To use Slide Show
a Perform Steps 1 to 3 to display images
b Options Ď Slide show
11-4
â˘ To enlarge or reduce image
a Perform Steps 1 to 3 to display an image
b Options Ď Zoom
c Press w ( ), o ( ), or a to enlarge, reduce, or
scroll the image
After selecting zoom, press o ( ) to open list
window. Press o ( ) to change window view; select
another file.
d Press C to return to the previous window
â˘ File List Indicators
: Nontransferable
: Nontransferable & unusable
: Protected
: Copy Protected file (Transferable, Content Key
valid)
: Copy Protected file (Transferable, Content Key
expired)
: Copy Protected file (Nontransferable, Content
Key valid)
: Copy Protected file (Nontransferable, Content
Key expired)
: Set as Wallpaper ( P.11-11)
: Set as Ringtone ( P.11-12)
â˘ When another USIM Card is inserted into 820SC
Only preinstalled nontransferable/copy protected files
are usable.
â˘ To show image in Full screen view
After Step 3, select Options Ď Full screen view. For
partial image, use a to change display area. Press o
(Rotate) to rotate the image. Press C to return to
previous view.
â˘ Files over 3 MB cannot be opened. Files larger than
1600 x 1200 pixels cannot be edited or zoomed. Files
over 1.3 MB cannot be set as Incoming image or
Substitute Image.
Activating Camera or Voice Recorder from
Data Folder
Select Options Ď Take photo; activate Camera in
Camera mode by highlighting the Pictures folder or an
image file captured by 820SC.
Select Options Ď Record video; activate Camera in
Video mode by highlighting the Videos folder or a
video captured by 820SC.
Select Options Ď Record sound; activate Voice
Recorder by highlighting the Sounds & Ringtones
folder or sound file captured by 820SC.
11-5
11
Managing Files(Data Folder)
â˘ To view File Details
Options Ď Details
Note
Using File Viewer
Open PDF, XLS, DOC, PPT, or TXT files saved in
11
CSelect Options/navigation shortcuts to
navigate
Data Folder; File Viewer activates automatically.
To scroll
Select Normal View or Full Screen View; navigate
Press a
files via Options or shortcuts.
To change Display appearance
Options Ď Full screen view or Normal view
Managing Files(Data Folder)
Navigatio
To enlarge or reduce the image
aOptions Ď Zoom
bPress In or Out to enlarge/reduce
To fit document size to Display
Normal View
Full Screen View
APress c and select Data Folder
BSelect file location then file
Options Ď Fit to screen
To move a page
Options Ď Go to and select an item
To move to specified page
aOptions Ď Go to Ď Page
bEnter page number
To capture current screen image
Select Screen capture
11-6
To rotate image 90 degrees clockwise
File Viewer Settings
aOptions Ď Rotate
bOptions Ď Rotate to return to the previous
window
To search words in the page
Default
Setting
Panning: 10 pixel âŤŘšâŹReflow: Off
Map on: On âŤŘšâŹController: On
âŤŘšâŹName: Capture
âŤŘšâŹ
âŤŘšâŹ
aOptions Ď Search
APress c and select Data Folder
bEnter words
BSelect save location and select the file
press 1 to continue searching backward, for
CSelect Options â Settings
the same word
DPerform operations to set
To view assigned shortcut keys
Options Ď FileViewer shortcuts
Tip
â˘ After capturing
Captured files are saved in Other documents in 820SÎ¤
Data Folder (Phone) as JPEG format.
To assign scroll range per press of a
aSelect Panning
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
To fit text width to Display
aSelect Reflow
bSelect On and press c (Save)
11-7
Managing Files(Data Folder)
cPress 3 to continue searching forward or
11
To set Map (shows display position) on/off
Navigation Shortcuts
aSelect Map on
11
Key
Description
bSelect a setting and press c (Save)
Side Key n
Zoom in
To set guide for shortcuts in Full screen view
Side Key b
Zoom out
Managing Files(Data Folder)
aOptions Ď Settings Ď Controller
Move to the first page
bSelect a setting and press c (Save)
Move to the previous page
To change default file mane
Rotate 90 degrees clockwise or
cancel
aSelect Name
bEnter a name
Tip
â˘ When Reflow is On
Fit text width (such as doc. or txt.) to 820SC window
width. No need to scroll right/left to show the contents.
â˘ When Map on is On
In bottom left of the window, map showing the current
position/area in the whole page appears. The current
position/area is indicated in red frame.
Move to the next page
Move to the final page
Select Normal View or Full Screen
View
Confirmation Window & List Options
For items other than window operation options, see
"Data Folder Options" ( P.11-14).
Note
â˘ If a document includes many pages or complicated
designs, all pages of the document may not appear
properly.
â˘ If a file includes any language other than Japanese
or English, that file may not appear properly.
11-8
Viewing Graphics/Animation with
the SVG-T/FlashÂŽ Viewer
View SVG, SVGZ, and SWF formatted files in Data
Folder. When one of these files is selected from Data
Folder list, the SVG-T/FlashÂŽ Viewer is
View the graphics/animation on Normal View or Full
Screen View. In either mode, Options and shortcut
(Key operations) are available to control Display.
To change Display appearance
Options Ď Full screen view or Normal view
To enlarge or reduce the image
11
aOptions Ď Zoom
bPress w (
) to enlarge or o (
) to reduce
cUse a to scroll the window
dPress c to return to the previous window
To pause or restart an flashÂŽ image
Options Ď Pause or Resume
To select image quality
Options Ď Quality and select an item
To rotate the screen 90 degrees clockwise or
Normal View
counterclockwise
Full Screen View
APress c and select Data Folder
Options Ď Rotate and select an item
BSelect file location then file
11-9
Managing Files(Data Folder)
automatically launched.
CSelect Options/navigation shortcuts to
navigate
Tip
â˘ To set an image for Wallpaper
Press w (Set as) on Normal View, or in Options of Full
Screen View, select Set as and select Wallpaper.
Confirmation Window & List Options
11
Managing Files(Data Folder)
For items other than window operation options, see
"Data Folder Options" ( P.11-14).
Sorting Files
Sort files in various ways.
ASelect Options â Sort by
BSelect an item
To sort files in descending order of dates
Select Date
To sort files by file types
Select Type
To sort files by file names
Select Name
11-10
To sort files in ascending order of size
Select Size
To sort files by status of Content Key
Select Activation Status
Tip
â˘ When folders are listed
Folders appear at the top of list.
â˘ When sorted by Type
Files appear in alphabetical order by file extension
(e.g., doc, jpg, swf, and such).
â˘ When sorted by Name
Files appear by file name: numbers Ď alphanumerics
Ď Japanese syllabary
â˘ When sorted by Activation status
Files appear as follows:
Unrestricted Ď Nontransferable Ď Copy Protected
(Content Key valid) Ď Copy Protected (Content Key
expired) Ď Invalid Nontransferable
Using Files
Using Image Files
To set as Phonebook entry image
aSelect Caller ID
bSearch Phonebook and select an entry
To set as Video Call Substitute Image
Use image files for Wallpaper, Phonebook entries, or
aSelect Still picture
Video Call Substitute Image.
bPress c (Save)
To set while viewing an image
Highlight a file, press c (View) and press
w (Set as)
BSet File Use
Managing Files(Data Folder)
AHighlight a file and press w (Set as)
11
Tip
â˘ To edit a still image ( P.7-15)
â˘ To create a mobile postcard ( P.7-7)
â˘ To print a still image ( P.12-12)
To set as Wallpaper
Select Wallpaper, confirm and press c (Set)
11-11
Setting Sound File as Ringtone
Change ringtone settings in Normal profile ( P.3-3).
APress c, select Data Folder and select
location to save the file
11
Managing Files(Data Folder)
BHighlight the file and press w (Set as)
CSet ringtone
To set ringtone for Voice Calls
Select Voice ringtone
Tip
â˘ Player Restrictions
Only copy protected MPEG4 AAC, AAC+, or
Enhanced AAC+ files are playable.
Setting Video File as Ringtone
Change ringtone settings in Normal profile ( P.3-3).
APress c, select Data Folder and select
location to save the file
To set ringtone for Video Calls
BHighlight the file and press w (Set as)
Select Video ringtone
CSet ringtone
To set ringtone for Phonebook entries
To set video file as ringtone for Voice Call
aSelect Caller ringtone
Select Voice ringtone
bSearch Phonebook and select an entry
To set ringtone for S! Mail/SMS
Select Message alert tone
To set video file as ringtone for Video Call
Select Video ringtone
To set ringtone for Phonebook entries
Select Caller ringtone
11-12
Tip
Saving a vFile
â˘ Restrictions
Only copy protected MPEG4 (mp4, 3gp) AAC, AAC+,
or Enhanced AAC+ files can be set.
vFile is the standard format to exchange Phonebook
data, etc. via the Internet. 820SC uses vCard
(extension: vcf) format for Phonebook data; also uses
FlashÂŽ
file as
APress c and select Data Folder â
Other documents
To set while viewing a FlashÂŽ image
Highlight the file, press c (View) and press
w (Set as)
vCalendar (extension: vcs) format for Schedule/To
Do data.
Save a vFile stored in Data Folder to Phonebook,
calendar, or as a scheduled event.
APress c, select Data Folder and select
save location for the vFile
BSelect a file and press c (Register)
BHighlight the file, press w (Set as)
CSelect Wallpaper
DCheck preview window and press
c (Set)
11-13
11
Managing Files(Data Folder)
Setting
Wallpaper
Data Folder Options
Options vary by file or folder.
For File Viewer or SVG-T/FlashÂŽ Viewer, see
"Using File Viewer" ( P.11-6) or "Viewing a
11
Graphics/Animation with the SVG-T/FlashÂŽ
Viewer" ( P.11-9).
Managing Files(Data Folder)
Item
Edit
Description
Item
Switch sound output to BluetoothÂŽTransfer to A/V
compatible devices (stereo headphone,
headset
etc.) ( P.12-7).
Register to
Phonebook
Export a vCard file to Phonebook
( P.11-13).
Register to
Calendar
Export a vCalendar file to Calendar
( P.11-13).
Send
Send file via S! Mail ( P.17-6) or
BluetoothÂŽ ( P.12-6).
Edit a still image or Videos ( P.7-15).
Dynamic Effect/
Create FlashÂŽ images using Still
Dynamic effect
images ( P.7-19).
list
Description
mPostcard
Create a mobile postcard ( P.7-7).
Zoom
Enlarge or reduce still image being
confirmed ( P.11-4).
Full screen view
Display Still image in full screen
( P.11-6).
Browser access
Access linked site included in
electronic comic/photo book files.
Sort by
Sort files ( P.11-10).
Move
Playback
Playback video files.
When playback display, select Phone
to sound from speaker.
Select A/V headset to sound from
BluetoothÂŽ-compatible devices (stereo
headphone, etc.) ( P.12-7).
Move files from/to 820SC another
folder.
Copy
Copy files and paste from/to 820SC
another folder.
11-14
Item
Description
Delete
Delete a file/files ( P.11-18).
Delete folder
Description
View by
Select List window type for Picture
Folder.
Select List to show folder/file in list
view.
Select Thumbnail view to show folder/
file in thumbnail view.
Delete a folder ( P.11-18).
Create folder
Create a new folder ( P.11-16).
Take photo
Activate Camera in Camera mode
( P.11-5).
Print via
Print Still images using the printer via
USB/BluetoothÂŽ connection.
Record video
Activate Camera in Video mode
( P.11-5).
Lock/Unlock
Set/release file protection.
Record sound
Activate Voice Recorder ( P.11-5).
Download
content key
Purchase or acquire Content Key.
Rename
Change file name ( P.11-16).
Details
Confirm file/folder properties.
Rename folder
Change folder name ( P.11-16).
Content key
info
Show the list of Content Keys for the
files in Data Folder; manage them by
selecting Delete to delete ( P.11-20)
or Details to check the details.
Show/Hide file
info
In List window for Picture Folder with
thumbnail view, set to display folder/
file name when highlighted.
11-15
11
Managing Files(Data Folder)
Add to playlist
Add files to Playlist.
Highlight Selected and select to add a
file.
Highlight Multiple and select to add
multiple files at once.
Item
Managing Files/Folders
Create Folder
11
BSelect Default folder and highlight a
sub-folder or a file
Create sub-folders in Default folders.
CSelect Options â Rename folder or
Rename
APress c and select Data Folder
DEnter a name
Managing Files(Data Folder)
BSelect Default folder to create a
sub-folder
CSelect Options â Create folder
DEnter a name
Changing a File Name/Folder
Name
Change the name of a file or a created sub-folder.
APress c and select Data Folder
11-16
Tip
â˘ When a file is locked
You cannot change the file name.
Moving a File/Folder
Move a file/folder to another folder or a location
outside folders.
APress c and select Data Folder
BSelect Default folder and highlight a
sub-folder or a file
CSelect Options â Move
DMove file or folder
â˘ When target file/folder with the same name exists
Change file/folder name; enter new name in message
text.
To move one file or all files in the same folder
Note
Select Selected or All
â˘ Downloaded files may not appear/play properly if
moved to another device or when a different USIM
Card is inserted in 820SC.
To select and move multiple files or created
sub-folders
aSelect Multiple
bCheck files or created sub-folders to move
and press w (Move)
ESelect destination folder â Move
here
Tip
â˘ To check/uncheck all files or folders at once
Press o (Mark all) or o (Unmark all)
Copying Files/Folders
Make a copy of a file or folder in another folder or a
location outside folders.
APress c and select Data Folder
BHighlight a folder or a file, select
Options â Copy
â˘ When a file is locked
File cannot to be moved.
11-17
11
Managing Files(Data Folder)
or all created sub-folders
CCopy file or folder
To copy one file or all files in the same folder
or all folders
Select Selected or All
To select and copy multiple files or folders
11
aSelect Multiple
Managing Files(Data Folder)
bCheck files or folders to copy and press
w (Copy)
DSelect destination folder and select
Paste here
Tip
â˘ To check/uncheck all files or folders at once
( P.11-17)
â˘ When a copy of a file or folder is pasted to the same
location as the original
The pasted file or folder is saved under another name,
i.e., _001 is automatically added to the name.
â˘ When target file/folder with the same name exists
Change file/folder name; enter new name in message
text.
Note
â˘ Nontransferable/copy protected files cannot be
copied.
Deleting a File/Folder
Delete
APress c and select Data Folder
BHighlight a file, select Options â
Delete
CDelete the file
To delete one file
Select Selected Ď Yes
To delete all files from the same folder
aSelect All
11-18
bEnter Phone Password press c (Confirm) and
select Yes
To select and delete multiple files
aSelect Multiple
bCheck files, press w (Delete)
cEnter Phone Password and press c (Confirm)
(If all files are checked)
dSelect Yes
11
â˘ To check/uncheck files or folders at once ( P.11-17)
â˘ If a file is set as Wallpaper or ringtone, or locked
Confirmation appears; select Yes to delete file. When
deleting multiple files, select No to delete unset/
unprotected files only.
â˘ When file has Content Key
Confirmation appears; select Yes to delete file and
Content Key.
11-19
Managing Files(Data Folder)
Tip
Delete Folder
APress c and select Data Folder
11
BSelect Default folder and highlight a
created sub-folder to delete, select
Options â Delete folder
Managing Files(Data Folder)
CEnter Phone Password, press
c (Confirm) and select Yes
If no file saved in a sub-folder
Phone Password is not required.
Tip
â˘ If a folder contains files set as Wallpaper, ringtones,
or locked/copy protected files
A confirmation message appears. Select Yes to execute
folder deletion. Select No to delete only files without
designated uses or protection, leaving the folder
undeleted.
â˘ When file in a folder has Content Key
A confirmation message appears. Select Yes to delete
both the file and Content Key.
Deleting a Content Key
APress c and select Data Folder
BSelect Options â Contents key info
CPerform operations to delete
To delete a Content Key
Select Selected
To delete all Content Keys
Select Delete all
11-20
External Connections
External Connections
Exchange files wirelessly with BluetoothÂŽ-
BluetoothÂŽ transmissions require BluetoothÂŽ-
compatible devices, or connect to PCs or printers via
compatible devices with the same profiles.
USB cable.
820SC BluetoothÂŽ specifications:
BluetoothÂŽ
12
Before Using BluetoothÂŽ
Exchange files wirelessly with BluetoothÂŽ devices or
Item
External Connections
Applicable
profiles
Headset
Handsfree
Serial Port
Dialup Networking
File Transfer
Object Push
Advanced Audio Distribute
Audio/Video Remote Control
Basic Imaging1
Basic Printing
Output
BluetoothÂŽ Power Class2
Line-of-signal
distance2
Approximately 10 meters or less
use a BluetoothÂŽ handsfree device for calls. Use
BluetoothÂŽ to connect PCs and other devices for
Internet access, etc.
12-2
Specification
Communication
BluetoothÂŽ Standard Version 1.2
Standard
Item
Specification
Frequency band
2.4 GHz
used
1 For Printing function only.
2 Varies by radio interference and other conditions.
BluetoothÂŽ Precautions
â˘ 820SC may not work with all BluetoothÂŽ devices.
Tip
â˘ To check BluetoothÂŽ functions available
a Press c and select Settings Ď Connectivity Ď
Bluetooth Ď Bluetooth service
b Select an item and view the contents
â˘ To confirm the device address of 820SC
Press c and select Settings Ď Connectivity Ď
Bluetooth Ď My Information
12
External Connections
â˘ File transfers may not possible with some
BluetoothÂŽ devices. Operations, displays or
actions vary by device.
â˘ The 2.4GHz band used by BluetoothÂŽ devices is
used by other devices that may reduce transmission
rates/distance.
â˘ Use of handsfree devices may create noise
depending on connected devices/the environment.
â˘ 820SC does not support multiple BluetoothÂŽ
connections.
â˘ USB and BluetoothÂŽ cannot be used at the same
time.
â˘ Cancel BluetoothÂŽ before connecting USB cable.
12-3
Sending & Receiving Files
Send and receive Phonebook entries, My Phonebook
details, Schedule information, Task information, still
images, video, sound files, vFiles, and others.
Activation
12
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
External Connections
Setting
Search New Device
Save up to 10 devices to My devices list. Enter the
same Passkey on both 820SC and the device.
Activate BluetoothÂŽ on device beforehand.
APress c and select Settings â
Connectivity â Bluetooth â My
devices
Activating BluetoothÂŽ makes 820SC visible to other
BSelect Search new device
devices;
CWhen devices appear, select device to
save
appears at the top of Display.
APress c and select Settings â
Connectivity â Bluetooth â
Activation
BSelect the setting
12-4
DEnter 4-16 digit Passkey and press c
EWithin 30 seconds, enter the same
passkey on the other device
Tip
â˘ Passkey
The Passkey is a password used to connect
BluetoothÂŽ-compatible devices. When connecting to a
handsfree device, enter the Passkey specified for it.
You are not required to enter the Passkey again for a
registered device.
â˘ If authentication with the other device has failed
A confirmation appears; select Yes to retry.
â˘ To check BluetoothÂŽ functions available for each
device
a Press c and select Settings Ď Connectivity Ď
Bluetooth Ď My devices
b Highlight a device, select Options Ď Service list
c Highlight an item, select Options Ď Help and view
the contents
â˘ To delete a device from My devices
a Press c and select Settings Ď Connectivity Ď
Bluetooth Ď My devices
b Highlight a device, select Options Ď Delete Ď
Selected or All
c Enter Phone Password, press c (Confirm) (In the
case of All only) and select Yes
â˘ To search for or register a device from other
BluetoothÂŽ-compatible devices ( P.12-10)
12-5
12
External Connections
â˘ If ten devices have already been registered
A message indicating the device memory is full
appears.
â˘ To change the name of a registered device
a Press c and select Settings Ď Connectivity Ď
Bluetooth Ď My devices
b Highlight a device, select Options Ď Rename
c Enter a new name
My devices list Indicators
To send files from other functions (except
Device name is preceded by one of these indicators:
: Personal Computer
: Mobile phone
: Handsfree device/Headset
: PDA
: Printer
: Other
Data Folder)
When a connection request appears
12
If connection request appears, select Yes and enter valid
Passkey within 30 seconds.
Connection requests from saved devices are connected
automatically.
External Connections
Sending Files
Send via function Options menu. Transfer begins as
soon as receiving device accepts it.
ASelect file to send
To send files from Data Folder
aHighlight the data to send
bIn list window, select Options Ď Send Ď Via
bluetooth
12-6
aIn list window, highlight the data to send
bOptions Ď Send Ď Via bluetooth
BSelect receiving device
If receiving device has not been set
Select Service new device, search for that device
and set it ( P.12-4)
Tip
â˘ Sending from Details or Playback windows
Some functions allow sending option from Details/
Playback window.
Receiving a File
CSelect receiver's device
When connection from the sender is approved, file
To save device
reception starts and the received file is saved in Data
Select Search new device and save device
Folder.
( P.12-4)
AWhen confirmation window appears,
select Yes
A/V Headset
APlay files via Media Player ( P.10-3,
10-8)
BSelect Options â Transfer to A/V
headset
â˘ While Melody is stopped
a In Melody Playback window, select Options Ď
Play via Ď A/V headset
b Select the destination device or Search new device
and search the device to register ( P.12-4)
Print Data Folder Image Files
Connect BluetoothÂŽ-compatible printer to 820SC;
print
Still images/vFiles in Data Folder directly. Set paper
size/number on 820SC.
See printer User Guide for printer operations/
settings.
12-7
12
External Connections
Connect BluetoothÂŽ-compatible headphones.
Tip
AIn Data Folder list window, highlight
still image/vFile
BSelect Options â Print via â
Bluetooth
CSelect receiver's device
To register receiver's device
12
Select Search new device to search and register
External Connections
( P.12-4)
DPerform operations to set
To set a paper size
Select Date print and the setting
To set whether or not to print a frame
Select Frame and the setting
To set a print quality
Select Print quality and the setting
EPress o (Preview)
FCheck the preview window and press
c (Print)
Accessing Connected Device Files
Select Paper size and the setting
Access the shared folders and files of the other
To set the number of copies
party's device. Alternatively, receive or delete data
Select Number of copies, enter the number of
residing on the other device.
copies (1 to 99) and press c
APress c and select Settings â
Connectivity â Bluetooth â My
devices
To set the number of pages to print on a sheet
Select Paper per sheet and the setting (1 to 16)
12-8
To set whether or not to print the date
BSelect a device
Waiting Connection Request
CApprove access on source device
In the steps given below, 820SC is placed in mode
waiting for a handsfree-device connection request.
Tip
â˘ To receive an accessed file
After Step 3, select a file to receive.
APress c and select Settings â
Connectivity â Bluetooth â My
devices
Locations of received files
Connecting Handsfree
BSelect a handsfree-compatible device
When Passkey entry window appears
Enter the same Passkey as is set for the
handsfree device
Answering Mode
Save a handsfree device following the steps for
Default
"Search New Device" ( P.12-4) beforehand.
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
Normal
If the setting is changed to Automatic a call to 820SC
will be answered without the operation of any keys.
12-9
12
External Connections
Received files are automatically saved to Data Folder.
The type of the folder that a file is saved to vary by file
format; for example, JPEG and BMP files are saved to
the Pictures folder and vFiles to the Other documents
folder.
APress c and select Settings â
Connectivity â Bluetooth â
Answering mode
APress c and select Settings â
Connectivity â Bluetooth â
Handsfree Setting
BSelect the setting
BSelect the setting
Tip
12
Tip
External Connections
â˘ To set the time (Seconds) before automatic
reception
After Step 1, highlight Automatic, select Options Ď
Edit and select the number of seconds to ring before
answering.
Handsfree Mode
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
â˘ While Private Mode is set
Answer outgoing/incoming calls with 820SC for calls
made with 820SC; answer outgoing/incoming calls
with handsfree devices for calls made with handsfree
devices.
â˘ While Handsfree Mode is set
Answer all outgoing/incoming calls with handsfree
devices.
Handsfree Mode
Setting
Select answer settings for calls when handsfree
devices connected.
Changing BluetoothÂŽ Settings
My Phone's Visibility
Default
Setting
12-10
âŤŘšâŹ
On
To activate search and saving from other BluetoothÂŽcompatible devices, make 820SC visible.
APress c and select Settings â
Connectivity â Bluetooth â My
phone's visibility
BSelect the setting
BluetoothÂŽ Name
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
12
820SC
Change 820SC name appearing on other devices.
APress c and select Settings â
Connectivity â Bluetooth â My
Information
BSelect Bluetooth Name
CModify the name and press c
12-11
External Connections
Setting
Secure Mode for Data Transfer
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
On
Setting
12
Connecting to a PC
Perform the following:
â˘ Transfer 820SC Data Folder files to a PC
External Connections
If On, a confirmation appears before transfer.
â˘ Import PC files and save to Data Folder
APress c and select Settings â
Connectivity â Bluetooth â Secure
mode
â˘ Perform packet data communications
BSelect the setting
beforehand. For more about installation, PC
USB Connection
Connect 820SC to a PC via USB cable to transfer
Before Using USB Connection
Install USB driver and Samsung PC Studio
operating environment, etc., see attached CD-ROM
User Guide.
Connecting to a Printer
data between the devices. Alternatively, connect a
Connect 820SC to a PictBridge-compatible printer
printer to print still images.
with a USB cable and print still images directly from
Data Folder. Set a paper size, number of prints, and
other items on 820SC.
For more information about printer operations and
paper setting, see the printer's User Manual.
12-12
Printing a Still Image from Data
Folder
AHighlight an image file in Data
Folder
BSelect Options â Print via â USB
DSelect printer settings
To set paper size
Select Paper size and select the setting
To set number of prints
Select Number of copies, enter number (1 to 99)
and press c
Select Paper per sheet and select the setting (1
to 16)
To set whether or not to print the date
Select Date print and select the setting
To set whether or not to print a frame
Select Border and select the setting
12
To set a print quality
Select Print quality and select the setting
EPress c
FCheck the preview window and press
c (Print)
Note
â˘ Never disconnect the USB cable during printing.
12-13
External Connections
CConnect 820SC to printer via USB
cable
To set the number of pages to print on a sheet
12-14
Security
Change Phone Password
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
9999
APress c and select Settings â Security
âChange phone password
BEnter current Phone Password and
press c (Confirm)
13
Security
CEnter new 4-digit Phone Password
and press c (Confirm)
DEnter new Phone Password again
and press c (Confirm)
PIN
PINs are security codes for USIM Card. For more
information, see "USIM Card" ( P.1-2).
13-2
Changing PIN/PIN2
APress c and select Settings â Security
â Change PIN code or Change PIN2
code
BEnter current PIN or PIN2 and press
c (Confirm)
CEnter new PIN or PIN2 (4 to 8 digits)
and press c (Confirm)
DEnter new PIN or PIN2 again and
press
c (Confirm)
Note
â˘ When PIN lock ( P.13-3) is set to Disable, PIN
cannot be changed.
PIN Lock
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
Enable
To require PIN authentication each time the power is
turned on, set this function to Enable.
Resetting PIN Lock
If PIN or PIN2 is been incorrectly entered three
consecutive times, PIN or PIN2 lock is set,
restricting operations of 820SC. Unlock PIN or PIN2
lock.
AIn PUK Code entry window, enter
PUK Code and press c (Confirm)
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
BEnter new PIN or PIN2 (4 to 8 digits)
and press c
CEnter PIN and press c (Confirm)
CEnter new PIN or PIN2 again and
press c
13-3
13
Security
APress c and select Settings â Security
â PIN lock
Note
â˘ For more information about PUK and PUK2,
contact Customer Service ( P.25-25).
â˘ If incorrect PUK Code is entered ten consecutive
times, USIM Card is locked (turning 820SC off does
not reset count).
â˘ A locked USIM Card cannot be unlocked. Contact
Customer Service ( P.25-25).
APress c and select Settings â Security
â USIM lock
BSelect setting and press c (Save)
CEnter a USIM password (4 to 8
digits) and press c (Confirm)
To set Disable
Setting is saved and operation complete.
13
USIM Lock
To set Enable
Security
Proceed to Step 4
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
Disable
Activate to disable 820SC unless USIM password is
entered whenever a different USIM Card is installed.
13-4
DEnter the USIM password again and
press c (Confirm)
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
Tip
â˘ USIM password
This is a password dedicated to USIM Card
authentication. If USIM password matches, another
USIM Card may be used in 820SC.
Change USIM password each time the USIM check
setting is set to Enable.
â˘ When you forget your USIM password
Insert a USIM Card (with USIM lock set to Enable) in
820SC and execute All reset ( P.13-11).
CEnter Phone Password and press
c (Confirm)
Password Lock
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
Disable
Set Password lock to Enable; Press any key in
Phone Lock
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
Disable
Set Phone lock to Enable; then Phone Password
entry is required each time the power is turned on.
APress c and select Settings â Security
â Phone lock
13
Enter Phone Password to cancel Password lock;
Security
Handset Security
Standby; Phone Password entry window appears.
820SC operations are enabled.
APress c and select Settings â Security
â Password lock
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
CEnter Phone Password and press
c (Confirm)
13-5
Tip
Activate Secret Mode
â˘ When Password lock is canceled
Password lock is automatically set to Disable.
Privacy Lock
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
Unlock all
Activate to require Phone Password entry to open
13
All, Messages, Data Folder, Phonebook, Call log or
Security
Calendar).
APress c and select Settings â Security
â Privacy lock
BCheck the functions to lock and press
w (Save)
CEnter Phone Password and press
c (Confirm)
13-6
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
Hide
Activate Secret Mode to hide Secret Phonebook
entries.
APress c and select Settings â Security
â Activate Secret mode
BEnter Phone Password and press
c (Confirm)
CSelect the setting and press c (Save)
Tip
â˘ Under following conditions, 820SC turns the setting
to Hide; Activate Secret mode is set to Show then
820SC is powered on again.
Mobile Tracker
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Activate to receive notification whenever a different
USIM Card is inserted. Enter up to two SMS
addresses via which to receive notification.
APress c and select Settings â Security
â Mobile tracker
CSelect Activation field
aHighlight To field and select Options Ď
Phonebook
bSearch Phonebook and select an entry ( P.510)
cHighlight phone number and press c (Select)
To enter a phone number directly
aHighlight To field and select Options Ď
Direct input
bEnter phone number
13
FPress w (Done)
Security
BEnter Phone Password and press
c (Confirm)
To select an address from Phonebook
GSelect Sender field and enter a
sender's name
DSelect On and press c (Select)
HPress w (Save)
ESelect Recipients field and enter an
address
IPress w (Accept) after checking the
items
13-7
Tip
â˘ To delete an address
After Step 5, highlight the address, select Options Ď
Delete
With a different USIM Card is inserted
13
If Mobile Tracker is on, SMS notification is sent to
specified address when 820SC is turned on; nothing
appears on 820SC.
Even if Mobile Tracker is off, notification is sent if
Phone Password is incorrectly entered three consecutive
times.
Rejecting Incoming Calls
Automatically reject calls with no Caller ID. Reject
nuisance calls by saving phone numbers to Black
List.
Reject Withheld
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Security
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â All calls â Reject incoming
calls
BSelect Reject withheld field
CSelect the setting and press c
DPress w (Save)
13-8
Reject Unavailable
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Reject/accept calls by callers who are unable to send
caller ID, like International calls from overseas/
transferred calls from landlines.
BSelect Reject unavailable field
CSelect the setting and press c
DPress w (Save)
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â All calls â Reject incoming
calls
BSelect Black list field
CSet the phone number
To enter a phone number directly
13
aOptions Ď Add Ď Direct input
bEnter phone number
To select a phone number from Phonebook
aOptions Ď Add Ď Phonebook
bSearch Phonebook and select an entry ( P.510)
cSelect phone number
To enter a phone number using Call Log
aOptions Ď Add Ď Call log
bSelect the log record
13-9
Security
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â All calls â Reject incoming
calls
Black List
DPress C and press w (Save)
Restoring Defaults
Tip
â˘ To delete phone numbers from Black list
a Perform Steps 1 and 2
b Highlight the phone number to delete, select
Options Ď Delete Ď Selected or All Ď Yes
Reject Black List
13
Security
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â All calls â Reject incoming
calls
BSelect Reject black list field
CSelect the setting and press c
DPress w (Save)
Calls from phone numbers in Black list
Calls are not connected. Caller hears a busy tone.
Missed call appears in Standby. Press w (View) to see
Missed Calls.
13-10
Clear Memory
Clear Data Folder, Messaging folders, Phonebook
(Phone) entries, and Calendar entries each or all at
once.
APress c and select Settings â Memory
settings â Phone memory â Clear
memory
BCheck items to reset and press
w (OK)
CEnter Phone Password, press
c (Confirm) and select Yes
Reset Settings
Clear Saved contents/settings and restore defaults.
However, the following contents are not restored.
Setting menu
Phone settings
Content not to be reset
Time and Date fields in Time & date
Display settings Brightness
BEnter Phone Password, press
c (Confirm) and select Yes
Reset All
Restore 820SC defaults and delete Phonebook
(Phone), Messaging, and Data Folder contents/
settings. Original files and S! Appli are restored.
Phonebook
settings
My phonebook details, Category
settings
Connectivity
Preferred networks
BEnter Phone Password, press
c (Confirm) and select Yes
Security
USIM lock, PIN lock, Change PIN
code, Change PIN2 code
Call settings
APress c, select Settings â Memory
settings â Phone memory â Master
reset â Reset all
APress c and select Settings â Memory
settings â Phone memory â Master
reset â Reset settings
13-11
13
Security
All callsĎReject incoming callsĎ
contents saved in Black list
Voice call/Video callĎDiverts
Voice callĎCall waiting
Call barring
Voice mail
13-12
Tools
Alarms
Wake-up Alarm/Alarms
Save Wake-up alarm and up to four Alarm times.
Add titles to appear at Alarm time. Use Alarm
activation to activate or cancel alarm settings. Set
Set a name (Wake-up alarm cannot be edited)
aSelect Alarm name field
bEnter the name to set
Set Alarm time
Highlight Alarm time field and enter the time
alarms to repeat on specific days of the week or
Set an Alarm sound
everyday.
aSelect Alert tone field
APress c and select Tools â Alarms
14
ESelect and set other items as required
Tools
BSelect an alarm from Wake-up alarm
to Alarm4
CSelect Alarm activation field
DSelect On and press c
bSelect the location of sound file, select an
alarm sound and press c
Set Vibrator
aSelect Vibration field
bSelect the setting and press c
Set Alarm volume
aSelect Alarm volume field
bUse s to adjust the volume
cPress w (Play) to check the volume and press
c (Save)
14-2
Set whether to sound repeatedly or once
aSelect Repeat field
bSelect Everyday or Once alarm and press c
Set days of the week for repeat alarm
aSelect Repeat field
bSelect Specify days and press c (Edit)
cCheck the days to set and press w (OK)
Set a snooze procedure
aSelect Snooze field
Tip
â˘ When wake-up alarm/alarms are set
appears.
â˘ When wake-up alarm and/or multiple alarms have
been set for the same activation time
Wake-up alarm takes priority over Alarm1 to Alarm4.
Among alarms, the last set one takes priority.
â˘ Alarm volume settings
Select
to adjust volume step by step. Alarm volume
become louder gradually.
bSelect the setting and press c
If you do not want to activate Alarm yet
14
aSelect Alarm activation field
Tools
bSelect Off and press c
FPress w (Save)
14-3
When alarm time arrives
Alarm sounds and a message appears. If set to mute
( P.9-3), handset vibrates. Press any key once to stop
Alarm sound and once more to clear the message.
When Snooze is on
Alarm sounds for one minute, up to six times at the
specified interval, or until Snooze is canceled. If no
handset operations take place, and y, o (End) are not
pressed while alarm sounds, alarm is automatically reset
to sound again at the specified interval. To cancel
Snooze, press y or o (End).
When a call is being initiated or during a call
14
Tools
When 820SCI is engaged (ConnectingĚ appears), a
tone sounds and an indicator appears; uncheck Alerts on
call (in Phone sounds setting) to cancel tone. When a
call is being initiated (DialingĚ appears), a tone sounds
and an indicator appears. Press any key twice to clear
indicator; if Snooze On, press o (End).
While capturing video or recording sound
Alarm sounds when image capturing or recording ends.
14-4
Auto Power On
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
When this setting is active, 820SC automatically
turns on at Wake-up alarm or Alarm time.
APress c and select Tools â Alarms â
Auto power
BSelect On or Off and press c (Save)
Note
â˘ Cancel Auto Power On near electronic devices
employing high precision or low frequency signals,
in places where mobile phone use is prohibited, like
airplanes or hospitals.
Viewing Calendar
View Calendar in Monthly, Weekly or Daily view.
At Wake-up alarm/Alarm Time
820SC automatically turns on and Alarm sounds. Press
any key to cancel Alarm ( P.14-4). 820SC returns to
Standby.
Calendar
APress c and select Tools â Calendar
Weekly View Window
(In Yellow) : Anniversary
: Highlighted position
(Date in light blue) : Current registered
(In Blue) : Schedule registered
day
(In Green) : Memo registered
Date in red: Holiday/Sunday
(In Red) : Task registered
: Schedule
: Anniversary
: Holiday
: Memo
: Task
: Priority
: Alarm set
: Repetition set
14
Tools
Displaying Calendar
Monthly View Window
Daily View
14-5
Tip
â˘ To see previous or later months in Monthly view
Press */#, highlight Year/Month field and press s
â˘ To see previous or later weeks in Weekly view
Press */#, highlight Year/Month field and press s
â˘ To see previous or later days in Daily view
Press s, *, or #
14
Tools
â˘ To view a particular month or week
From Monthly view window or Weekly view window,
change Display by specifying year, month, and day as
follows.
a In the calendar window, select Options Ď Go to
b Select Date, enter the year, month, and day and
press c
When Today is selected in Step b, the current date is
highlighted on the window of the current month or
week.
Calendar Window Format
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
âŤŘšâŹ
Starting day: Sunday
Default view mode: Monthly view
Set first day of the week to Sunday or Monday as
well as the default Calendar window.
APress c and select Tools â Calendar
BSelect Options â Settings
CSelect settings
Set the first day of week
aSelect Starting day
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
Set the default view mode
aSelect Default view mode
bSelect the setting and press c (Save)
14-6
Tip
â˘ When settings are changed
A change in Starting day is immediately reflected.
Selecting the settings of Default view mode can be
applied when you deactivate calendar and then
reactivate it.
â˘ To temporarily change Display mode
In the calendar window, select Options Ď View mode
Ď Display mode
CSelect items and set
Set a title
Select Title field and enter a text
Set details
Select Details field and enter a text
Set a starting date
Highlight Start date field and enter a date
Set a starting time
Saving New Entries to
Calendar
Highlight Start time field and enter a time
Set an ending date
Highlight End date field and enter a date
Set an ending time
Save a maximum of 100 items.
Highlight End time field and enter a time
APress c and select Tools â Calendar
Set an event location
14
Tools
Scheduled Events
Select Location field and enter a text
BSelect Options â Add new â
Schedule
14-7
Set an alarm
aCheck Alarm field to select
bHighlight Before field, enter an interval
before Alarm time, use s to highlight Unit
field and switch to an appropriate unit
cSelect Alert tone field, select a location of
sound files and select an alert tone
Set Repeat
aCheck Repeat field to select
bUse s to highlight Time cycle field and
specify the time cycle unit
14
cHighlight Value field and enter a value
Tools
dHighlight Until date field and enter a year,
month, and day to stop repetition
Set Expiry time for a Calendar Event
Use s to highlight Expiry field and switch the
expiry limit
DPress w (Save)
14-8
Tip
â˘ To simplify Start or Due data entry
Put cursor on the target date on Calendar window
before Step 2 to show that date in Start date or End date
field.
â˘ When an event has expired
Event is automatically deleted from Calendar. For
example, if expiry is After 1 year, and repetition is not
set, it is deleted after one year from the event end date.
With repetition set, it is deleted one year after the end
date of the last repetition. To cancel automatic deletion,
set Disable for expiry date.
highlight Unit field and switch to an
Anniversary/Holiday
Register a maximum of 50 anniversaries and 50
holidays.
appropriate unit
cHighlight Alarm time field, and enter a time
dSelect Alert tone field, select the location of
APress c and select Tools â Calendar
BSelect Options â Add new â
Anniversary or Holiday
CSelect items and set
Set a text
aSelect Text entry field
bEnter text
sound of files and select an alert tone
Set to repeat every year
Check Repeat every year field
DPress w (Save)
Tip
â˘ To make it easier to enter a date
Put cursor on the target date on Calendar window
before Step 2 to show that date in Date field.
14
Tools
Set a date
Highlight Date field and enter the date
Set an alarm (Anniversary only)
aCheck Alarm field to select
bHighlight Before field, enter an interval
before the anniversary Alarm time, use s to
14-9
Memo
Up to 20 memos can be registered. Memos can be
registered even while talking ( P.2-8, 6-5).
APress c and select Tools â Calendar
14
Tip
â˘ To make it easier to enter a date ( P.14-9)
Tasks
Register a maximum of 100 time-limited items and
BSelect Options â Add new â Memo
manage them in a list.
CSelect the memo text box and enter
APress c and select Tools â Calendar
text
BSelect Options â Add new â Task
To set the date
CSelect items and set
Select Date and enter the date
Tools
DPress w (Save)
Set a title
aSelect Title field
bEnter title
14-10
Set a description of the task
DPress w (Save)
aSelect Task field
bEnter text
To set the starting date
Highlight Start date field and enter the date
To set the due date
Highlight Due date field and enter the date
Set an alarm
aCheck Alarm field
Tip
â˘ To make it easier to enter a Starting date or Due
date
Put cursor on the target date on Calendar window
before Step 2 to show that date in Starting date and
Due date field.
Volume of Alarm sound
long before the task starts the alarm should
The volume follows the setting of Tone volume for
Voice Calls; the setting of Voice call in Vibration for
Vibrator.
sound, use s to highlight field of units and
When the time set for Alarm comes
select an appropriate unit
Alarm sounds and a message appears. To stop Alarm,
press any key. Press c to cancel the message display.
With no action to stop Alarm, a message appears
indicating Missed alarm event. Press w (View) to view
the message.
bHighlight Before field, enter a value for how
dSelect Alert tone field, select the location of
sound files and select an alert tone
Set a priority level
When a call is being initiated or during a call
Use s to highlight Priority field and select a
During a call or connection (ConnectingĚappears),
820SC notifies with a short sound and indicator;
uncheck Alerts on call (in Phone sounds setting) to
value
14-11
Tools
cHighlight Alarm time field and enter the time
14
notify only by an indicator. When an outgoing call is
being Initiated (DialingĚappears), 820SC notifies only
by an indicator. Press c to clear an indicator.
Viewing Saved Calendar
Entries
APress c and select Tools â Calendar
BOpen a window listing items
To check items of one day
Select a date on Monthly view window or
Weekly view window, or use s to change the
date on Daily view window
To check registered contents by type
14
Options Ď Event list and select a type
Tools
To check the message of a missed alarm
Options Ď Missed alarm event
CSelect and view details
Tip
14-12
â˘ To check calendar item status
Select Options in Calendar or registered contents list
and Memory status; check the number of savings by
type.
Editing Calendar Entries
Editing and Saving as New Entries
CSelect an item to edit
DPress c (Edit)
EChange the information as required
FPress w (Save) and select New or
Update
In addition to edit and update the entries, edit the
Marking a Task as Completed
entries and save them as new entries.
APress c and select Tools â Calendar
APress c and select Tools â Calendar
To open a window listing entries for a single
day
Select a date on Monthly view window or
Weekly view window, or use s to change the
date on Daily view window
CHighlight a completed task, select
Options â Completed
To remove the completion mark
Options Ď To do
Tip
To view events by type
Options Ď Event list and select a type
14-13
14
Tools
BOpen a window listing entries
BSelect Options â Event list â Task
â˘ To sort tasks
In the Task window, select Options Ď Sort by and
select a sorting type. Classify tasks into completed/
uncompleted ones or sort them by due date or priority.
To delete all entries or all before the
highlighted date
aSelect All or All past data
bEnter Phone Password, press c (Confirm) and
select Yes
Deleting Calendar Entries
AIn Calendar window or saved
contents list, select Options â Delete
BDelete the entry
To delete only the highlighted entry
14
Select Selected Ď Yes
Tools
To delete all entries of current month or week
Select This month or This week Ď Yes
To delete only entries from a specific period
of time
aSelect Periods
bEnter the start and end dates
cPress c (Delete) and select Yes
14-14
Tip
â˘ To collectively delete multiple registered items
Select registered unnecessary items from a list by type
and delete them collectively.
a Press c and select Tools Ď Calendar
b Options Ď Event list and select the type
c Options Ď Delete Ď Multiple
d Check the items to delete, press w (Delete) and
select Yes
Calendar Options
Perform the following operations from Options on a
window listing Calendar entries:
Item
Item
Missed alarm
event
View the message of a missed alarm
( P.14-12).
Print via
bluetooth
Print highlighted schedule event or
task via BluetoothÂŽ printer.
Memory status
Check memory usage for Calendar
functions ( P.14-13).
Description
Save a new Calendar entry ( P.14-7).
Send schedule/
Send task
Send Calendar entry via S! Mail
( P.17-6) or BluetoothÂŽ ( P.12-6).
View mode
Select a display mode ( P.14-7).
Go to
Display a particular month or week by
changing Monthly/Weekly view
window ( P.14-6).
Event list
View events listed by type ( P.14-12).
Delete
Delete a Calendar entry ( P.14-14).
Completed/To
do
Set or cancel the task completion mark
( P.14-13).
Sort by
Sort tasks ( P.14-14).
Save to Data
Folder
Create a vFile and save it to Other
documents in Data Folder.
Settings
Select Calendar Display settings
( P.14-6).
Voice Recorder
Record up to 60 minutes; activate from Tools, during
a call, via Data Folder or a Message creation
window.
14
Tools
Add new
Description
14-15
Voice Recorder Window
Recording Voice
Control Voice Recorder with Softkeys and
Recorded voice is saved to Sounds & Ringtones Data
navigation key.
Folder.
Navigation key
APress c and select Tools â Voice
recorder
To change the fixed recording time ( P.14-
Remaining recording time
Elapsed time
BPress c (Record)
Recording Window
14
18)
Navigation key
CPress w (Stop) or continue recording
Tools
until the set time runs out
Play time
Elapsed time
Playback Window
DAs required, press c (Play) to replay
To pause
Press c (Pause)
To resume
Select Options Ď Record
To record voice from Options ( P.14-17)
14-16
Item
Playing Voice
Description
Set as
Set voice for ringtone, etc.
Replay a voice file saved in Data Folder.
Delete
Delete a recorded voice file.
APress c and select Tools â Voice
recorder
Rename
Change file name.
Lock/Unlock
Set/release file protection.
Details
Confirm recorded sound file size,
etc.
Record settings
Select the file name assigned
automatically or the fixed recording
time ( P.14-17).
BSelect Options â My sounds
CHighlight the file and press c (Play)
Voice Recorder Options
Item
Description
Changing Voice Recorder
Settings
14
Tools
Operate listed below from Options before and after
recording. Options's selectable items vary by the
conditions. For more information about available
options after selecting My sounds, see "Data Folder
Options" ( P.11-14).
Default Name
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Voice
Setting
Record
Start recording.
My sounds
Call up list of sound files saved in
the My sounds folder.
The voice recorded with Voice recorder is saved
Send
Send a file via S! Mail ( P.17-6) or
BluetoothÂŽ ( P.12-6).
changed to another word.
under a name such as "Voice 001." "Voice" can be
14-17
APress c and select Tools â Voice
recorder
BSelect Options â Record settings â
Default name
CEnter a name
Tip
â˘ If the default name is changed
The naming rule is applied from the next recording.
14
CSelect a duration and press c (Save)
World Clock
World clock allows you to check the current time all
over the world.
Viewing World Clock
APress c and select Tools â World
clock
Recording Time
Tools
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
5 minutes
Setting
APress c and select Tools â Voice
recorder
BSelect Options â Record settings â
Recording time
14-18
Current time and city name of
Current time and city name of
Selecting Areas
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Tokyo, Seoul for both areas
Setting
When you save a second time zone, easily check the
time at that area looking at World clock.
APress c and select Tools â World
clock
BUse j to highlight area 1 and use s to
change city name
aPress o (DST)
bCheck the area to set summer time and press
w (Done)
CPress c (Save)
Arithmetic operations to a maximum of 13 digits can
be performed.
APress c and select Tools â Calculator
BCalculate
To enter numbers
Press keys
To enter ďź, â, Ă, or Ăˇ
Press r, l, u, or d
14
To display the calculation result
Tools
To set summer time
Using Calculator
Press c
To enter ., (, or )
Press w (.( )) to toggle symbols
To move cursor left or right
Press * or #
To erase a symbol in a mathematical
expression
14-19
Place cursor after a symbol to erase and press C
To erase both the mathematical expression
and the calculation result
Press C for 1+ seconds
Converting Currencies or
Units
Convert the currencies for various countries.
Alternatively, convert the units of length, weight, etc.
Converting Currencies
APress c and select Tools â Converter
â Currency
Original currency
Enter the amount in original
Target currency
Converted amount appears
14
Tools
BSelect Original currency field and
currency
14-20
To replace the original currency with the
To change the exchange rate
target currency
aHighlight either of Currency fields and press
Press o (Reverse)
CSelect Original currency amount field
and enter the amount
w (View Rate)
bSelect the base currency to change the rate,
highlight the currency, select Options Ď Edit
cEnter the rate and press c (Save)
To enter a decimal point
To add a currency unit
Press *
aPress w (View Rate)
DSelect Target currency field and
currency
EView result in the target currency
aHighlight either of Currency fields and press
w (View Rate)
cEnter the currency unit/rate and press c
(Save)
14
Converting Units
APress c and select Tools â Converter
bPress C to return to the Original window
14-21
Tools
To check the exchange rate
bOptions Ď Add Rate
BSelect Length, Weight, Volume, Area,
or Temperature
To enter/delete "-" when converting
temperature
Press #
Original unit
Enter a value in original unit
Target unit
The converted value appears
ESelect target Unit field and select the
unit
FView result in Converted value field
To clear the values
CSelect Original unit field and select
the unit
14
To replace original unit with target unit
Tools
Press o (Reverse)
DHighlight Original unit value field
and enter the value
To enter a decimal point
Press *
14-22
Press w (Clear)
Stopwatch
Use 820SC as a stopwatch; record up to ten lap times
and total time.
APress c and select Tools â Stopwatch
BPress c (Start)
CPress c (Lap) to measure a lap time or
w (Stop) to stop time measurement
Dictionary
Interpreter (Japanese)
Look up English/Japanese dictionaries.
Enter Japanese text or voice for common phrases
APress c and select Tools â Dictionary
used in airports and other places in English, Korean
BSelect a dictionary
To use English dictionary
or Chinese.
APress c and select Tools â Interpreter
Select English dictionary
BSelect the language
To use Japanese dictionary
CSelect an item
Select Japanese dictionary
By voice
Speak the item in menu to 820SC after the beep
DSelect a target word
By keys
14
Tools
CEnter a word to search
Use a to highlight the item and press c
14-23
DSelect the phrase
By voice
Speak the phrase for inquiry to 820SC after the
beep
By keys
Press w (ŕĄŕ žŕĄŕĄŻ ) to select the item
EHighlight the phrase and press c
To listen the phrase
Press w (ă¸ŕ âĄŹß)
To listen the phrase again
14
Press w (ŕĄŕĄŕĄŻŕ ť)
Tools
Tip
â˘ To play voice prompts
After Step 1, press w (ŕĄŕ ŕ Źŕ ŕĄŚ)
â˘ When ăăä¸ĺč¨ăŁăŚä¸ăă appears
820SC could not recognize your voice. Speak clearly
again or say another phrases.
14-24
14-25
14
Tools
14-26
Advanced Functions
Calling Functions
Auto Redial
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
â˘ When Retry with is set for Video Call
Automatic redialing settings take priority.
â˘ When receiver has activated Voice Mail or Call
Forwarding
The call is forwarded and automatic redialing is
canceled.
Setting
Set to automatically disconnect a Voice/Video Call
International Dial
initiated to a party that is busy and redial the same
party soon. Automatic redialing repeats up to 10
times until y is pressed or 820SC is closed.
APress c and select Settings â Call
settingsâ All calls â Auto redial
15
Advanced Functions
BSelect a value and press c (Save)
Tip
International Prefix
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
010
Setting
Set the international code frequently used when
initiating an international phone call.
APress c and select Settingsâ Call
settings â Voice call â International
dialâ Int'l prefix
BEnter an international code
15-2
Editing Country Codes
To add or change
aHighlight the item to add or change and press
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
1: Japan 2: KOR 3: GBR 4: ITA 5:
CHE
6: ESP 7: DEU 8: PRT 9: NLD 10:
FRA
11: MCO 12: USA 13: SWE 14: AUS
15: CHN 16: HKG 17: TWN
18 to 20: Unused
Add a country code or delete an unnecessary one.
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Voice call â International
dial â Country codes
bSelect Country name field and enter the
country name
cHighlight Country code, enter code and press
w (Save)
To delete
Highlight item to delete, press w (Delete) and
select Yes
Earphone call
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
âŤŘšâŹ
Earphone call activate: Off
Call number: No list
15
When Earphone call is On, press switch for 1+
seconds to call specified number.
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Voice call â Earphone call
15-3
Advanced Functions
BPerform operations to add, change,
or delete
c (Change)
BSelect Earphone call activate
CSelect the setting
DHighlight Call number and perform
operations to save phone number
To enter a phone number directly
aPress c (Select) and select Direct input
bEnter phone number
To select a phone number from Phonebook
aPress c (Select) and select Phonebook
bSearch Phonebook and select an entry ( P.510)
cHighlight phone number and press c (Select)
15
Advanced Functions
To enter a phone number using Call Log
aPress c (Select) and select Call log
bSelect the log record
EPress w (Save)
15-4
Tip
â˘ To delete a phone number
a Perform Step 1
b Press c (Select) and select Direct input
c Press C for 1+ seconds press c
â˘ To change a phone number
a Perform Step 1
b Perform Step 4
c Press c (Save)
Handling Incoming Calls
Anykey Answer
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
Answer Voice Calls using keys other than c (Accept)
or t.
APress c and select Settings â Phone
settings â Anykey answer
Acoustic Shock
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
On
Setting
Reduces ringer volume to Level 1 for the first two
seconds.
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â All calls â Acoustic shock
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
BSelect On or Off and press c (Save)
15
Tip
Advanced Functions
â˘ Answering a Voice Call when On is set ( P.2-3)
15-5
Active Folder
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
When On, open 820SC to answer an incoming call.
APress c and select Settings â Phone
settings â Active folder
BSelect On or Off and press c (Save)
Side Key Silence/Reject
Default
15
âŤŘšâŹ
Silence
Setting
Advanced Functions
Use n or b to mute ringer or reject an incoming call.
Select from Reject (disconnect the call) or Silence
(silence the incoming tone).
APress c and select Settings â Phone
settings â Side key
15-6
BSelect a value and press c (Save)
Side Key Lock
Simple Search
When On, Side Keys are locked. Avoid accidental
Default
key press when 820SC is inside a bag, etc.
Setting
APress c and select Settings â Phone
settings â Side key lock
BSelect On or Off and press c (Save)
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
When Simple search is On, enter numbers in Standby
to search Phonebook entries starting with Reading
name corresponding each number. Then search result
(entry names and phone numbers) list appears.
APress c and select Settings â Phone
settings â Simple search
BSelect the setting and press c (Save)
15
Advanced Functions
Tip
â˘ To initiate calls using Simple search ( P.5-12)
15-7
Idle Shortcuts
Up to nine frequently used functions can be saved;
create own Shortcut Menu. In Standby, press u to
access functions saved to shortcuts.
APress u
BHighlight unsaved function entry box
and press c (Assign)
CSelect the function
15
DRepeat Steps 2 and 3 to save the
function
Advanced Functions
15-8
Tip
â˘ To change functions
a In Step 2, Highlight the function, select Options Ď
Assign
b Select Yes and select the function
â˘ To sort functions
a In Step 2, Highlight the function, select Options Ď
Change Order
b Use a to highlight the target function box and press
c (Select)
â˘ To delete functions
In Step 2, Highlight the function, select Options Ď
Delete Ď Yes
â˘ To restore defaults
In Step 2, Highlight the function, select Options Ď
Reset Ď Yes
Memory Status
Check the following information:
â˘ Available shared memory
â˘ Status of SMS and S! Mail mailboxes
â˘ Status of memory in Data Folder
â˘ Status of Calendar items registered
Tip
â˘ To delete Data Folder, Calendar or Phonebook
content
a Perform Steps 1 and 2
b Highlight an item, press c (Select), select Yes and
view an entry
c Check the fields to delete, press w (Delete) and
select Yes
Alternatively, delete saved entries and/or files.
â˘ To delete all contents
After Step c in "To delete the contents," enter Phone
Password, press c (Confirm) and select Yes
APress c and select Settings â Memory
settings â Memory status
â˘ To check/uncheck all contents at once
After Step c in "To delete the contents," select
Options Ď Mark all or Unmark all
â˘ Status of Phonebooks (Handset and USIM Card)
BSelect an item to check
15-9
15
Advanced Functions
â˘ When the checked contents contain the contents
that functions or locks are set in
After Step c in "To delete the contents" or the "To
delete all contents" operations, the confirmation
window appears. If you select Yes, the deletion is
performed. If you select No, only files without
functions or locks set are deleted.
15-10
Optional Services
Optional Services
The following optional services are available on
820SC:
Service
Caller
Show or hide your own number when
Identification placing calls.
Description
Optional Services
Call
Forwarding
Voice Mail
Divert all or all unanswered calls to Voice
Mail Center; access caller messages via
820SC from within the service area or via
a touchtone phone anywhere.
A tone sounds for incoming calls when
the line is engaged.
Call Waiting*
Put the line on hold to answer or alternate
between lines.
Conference
Call*
Open another line while one is engaged;
toggle lines or talk on all simultaneously.
Add new parties to an existing
conference; talk on up to five lines
simultaneously.
Call Barring
Restrict incoming or outgoing calls by
condition.
16-2
Description
* This service requires a separate subscription.
When you know you will be unable to
answer calls to 820SC, automatically
divert calls to a specified number.
16
Service
Note
â˘ When Out appears, access services from a
touchtone landline. For details, contact Customer
Service ( P.25-25).
Call Forwarding
Activating Call Forwarding
Set forwarding condition and number, by call type
Specify a forwarding number beforehand.
(Voice Call or Video Call), beforehand, to divert
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Voice call or Video call â
Diverts
incoming calls to a specified number.
Forwarding
Condition
Description
Unanswered calls are diverted after the
specified ring time, or when the line is
busy or 820SC is out-of-range.
Always
820SC does not ring/vibrate for incoming
calls; calls are diverted automatically and
Missed Call does not appear.
BSelect No reply or Always; view the
current settings
When the settings are acceptable
After viewing, press l to return to the previous
window
Note
â˘ Call Forwarding and Voice Mail cannot be used at
the same time.
Optional Services
No reply
16
â˘ Activating Call Forwarding cancels Voice Mail.
â˘ Call Forwarding is not available when All outgoing
calls or All incoming calls in Call Barring is active
(Call Barring takes priority over Call Forwarding).
16-3
CHighlight Forwarding address field
and enter a number
To select a phone number from Phonebook
aHighlight forwarding Address field and
select Options Ď Phonebook
bSelect Phonebook, highlight a phone number
Cancel All
Cancel all Diverts services at once.
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Voice call or Video call â
Diverts â Cancel all
and press c (Select)
Optional Services
16
DFor No reply, highlight Waiting time
field and set a time
EPress c (ON)
Tip
â˘ When Call Forwarding (No reply) is active
While 820SC rings/vibrates, answer a call or press o
(Busy) to forward it.
Tip
â˘ To stop Call Transfer service for each forwarding
condition
a Press c and select Settings Ď Call Settings Ď Voice
call or Video call Ď Diverts
b Select No reply or Always
c Press w (OFF)
Check Status
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Voice call or Video call â
Diverts â Check status
16-4
Voice Mail
Forward an incoming Voice Call to Voice Mail
Center or a specified number based on preset
forwarding conditions ( P.16-3).
Note
â˘ Voice Mail and Call Forwarding cannot be active at
the same time.
â˘ Voice Mail is not available when All outgoing calls
or All incoming calls in Call Barring is active (Call
Barring takes priority over Voice Mail).
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Voice mail
BSelect No reply or Always
CFor No reply, highlight Waiting time
field and set a time
DPress c (ON)
Tip
â˘ When Voice Mail (No reply) is active
While 820SC rings/vibrates, answer a call or press o
(Busy) to forward it.
Optional Services
â˘ Activating Voice Mail cancels Call Forwarding.
Activating Voice Mail
16
16-5
Canceling Voice Mail
Listening to Messages
Cancel all Voice mail services at once.
When a caller saves a Voice Mail message, a
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Voice mail â Cancel all
notification appears in Standby and
appears at
the top of Display.
Tip
Optional Services
16
â˘ To cancel Voice Mail by forwarding condition
a Press c and select Settings Ď Call settings Ď Voice
mail
b Select No reply or Always
c Press w (OFF)
Checking Settings
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Voice mail â Check status
Notification
While Message Appears
Connect to Voice Mail Center as described below
and follow voice prompts.
APress w (Dial)
To check message details
Press c while message appears
16-6
Tip
â˘ To access caller message from overseas
a Press 0 for 1+ seconds and enter +
b Enter 819066514170 and press t
â˘ To delete a message without listening to it
Press o (End).
â˘ To clear
Voice Mail indicator disappears when messages are
accessed via 820SC.
AEnter 1414 and press t
To set via landline in Japan (toll free)
Dial 090-665-1414 and press t
To set overseas (charges apply)
Press 0 for 1+ seconds, enter +, enter 81-90665-14191 and press t
BFollow voice guidance
Optional Services
While No Message Appears
Incoming Call Notification
AEnter 1416 and press t
Incoming Call Notification
SMS is delivered for calls unanswered because
820SC is outside service area or off, or if a caller
16
saves a message at Voice Mail Center while the line
is engaged.
16-7
Receiving a Second Call
Call Waiting*
* A separate subscription is required to use this
When there is an incoming call during a call, you are
service.
notified with a specific interrupt sound and display.
This service is only available for Voice Calls.
Place the current call on hold and answer the second
call.
Activating or Canceling
Optional Services
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Voice call â Call waiting
BActivate or cancel the service
To activate
BSelect Hold active call
To end current call and answer second call
Select End active call
Press c (ON)
CPress w (Swap) to toggle the calls
To cancel
DTo end the current call, press y
Press w (OFF)
16
AWhen you hear the interrupt sound,
press c (Accept)
To end the call on hold
Options Ď End Ď Held call
16-8
To end both calls at once
Options Ď End Ď All calls, or close 820SC
New Call
When a new call is connected, first party is placed on
Tip
â˘ When one party ends a call with another on hold
Press w (Retrieve) to talk to the waiting party.
Conference Call*
ADuring a call, select Options â New
call and enter number
To use Phonebook
aPress c (Search) and select Phonebook
bHighlight the phone number and press
Optional Services
â˘ When Call Transfer service or Voice Mail service is
active
When the second call is not answered, it is forwarded
to a forwarding destination or Voice Mail Center.
When the forwarding condition is set to Always, the
Call Waiting service is not available.
hold.
c (Select)
BPress c (Call)
* A separate subscription is required to use this
service.
16
Talk with a maximum of six parties simultaneously.
16-9
Engaged Conference Call
Operations
ACall another party during a call
( P.16-9)
BPress w (Swap) to switch connected
calls
Optional Services
16
Tip
â˘ To end the call on hold
During a call, select Options Ď End Ď Held call
â˘ To end all calls
During a call, select Options Ď End Ď All calls, or
close 820SCÎ¤
â˘ When the connected party ends the call while using
Conference Call service
A party on hold remains on-hold state. Switch to the
on-hold party to talk.
16-10
Join
ADuring a call, initiate a call to
another party ( P.16-9)
BSelect Options â Join
Tip
â˘ To talk with only one person
During a call, select Options Ď Split and select a caller
to talk to
â˘ To end the call for a specific caller
During a call, select Options Ď End Ď Select
participant, check callers to end and press w (End)
â˘ To end the all calls
During a call, press y
â˘ When one party ends the call during Conference
Call
Continue talking with remaining parties.
Setting restrictions requires Network Password (The
Call Barring
4-digit number dedicated to Outgoing/incoming
Bar outgoing/incoming Voice/Video Calls or SMS by
service specified at the subscription).
the conditions listed below.
Item
All outgoing
calls
Deactivates initiating
Outgoing Intl international calls and SMS
sending within your current
calls
location.
â˘ If incorrect Network Password is entered three
consecutive times, Call Barring service is disabled.
In this case, change Network Password and Center
Access code. For more information, contact
Customer Service ( P.25-25).
Deactivates initiating
international calls and SMS
sending within your current
location or except Japan.
All incoming Deactivates reception of all
calls
calls and SMS receiving.
16
Intl except
home
Restrict
incoming
calls
Deactivates initiating calls
and SMS sending, except
emergency calls.
Note
Optional Services
Restrict
outgoing
calls
Description
Incoming
when
roaming
â˘ If Call Forwarding or Voice Mail is active, All
outgoing calls or All incoming calls cannot be set.
Deactivates reception of all
calls and SMS receiving
while outside of Japan.
16-11
Tip
â˘ If a call is attempted while restrictions are on
A message appears indicating that outgoing call
restriction is active. The message may appear after a
while depending on service area.
DSet or cancel call barring
To set
Press c (ON)
To cancel
Press w (OFF)
Restrict Outgoing/Incoming
Calls
Restrict outgoing calls and/or Restrict incoming calls
Optional Services
16
for each type of call (Voice/Video Calls, SMS)/
transmission.
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Call barring
BSelect Voice call, Video call, or SMS
and select a restriction type
CEnter Network Password
16-12
Tip
â˘ To check settings
Perform Steps 1 and 2. After checking the settings,
press C to return to the previous window.
Cancel All
Canceling outgoing and incoming call is available
for each of call types (Voice and Video Calls, SMS)/
transmission.
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Call barring
BSelect Voice call, Video call, or SMS
â Cancel all
CEnter Network Password and press c
Changing Network Password
BEnter current Network Password in
Old field and new Network Password
(4 digits) in New and Cnf (Confirm)
field, then press c (Confirm)
Show or hide your own phone number when calling
from 820SC.
Show My Number
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
By network
Setting
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â All calls â Show my
number
BSelect setting and press c (Save)
Tip
Optional Services
APress c and select Settings â Call
settings â Call barring â Change
password
Caller ID
16
â˘ When set to By network
Automatically set to Show/Hide your number by
current network status.
16-13
Adding 186 or 184
Use 186 (Show ID) or 184 (Hide ID) prefixes to
show or hide your number when calling from 820SC,
regardless of the Show my number setting.
AEnter Show ID or Hide ID Prefix
To show Caller ID
Press 186
Optional Services
To hide Caller ID
BEnter phone number
16
Options Ď Video call
Press 184
CPress t
To initiate a Video Call
16-14
Messaging
Getting Started
17
S! Mail
Messaging
Use this service to send/receive long text messages,
images, videos, other files, and sounds between S!
Tip
â˘ Retry function
If the other party's handset cannot receive a message
because the power turned off or out-of-range, 820SC
keeps the message saved on Mail Server; then send to
the other party after signal reception recovers stable.
Mail compatible SoftBank handsets and PCs via email.
A separate subscription is required to use S! Mail and
receive e-mail.
Checking for New
Messages
When a message is received in Standby mode,
SMS
reception notification appears. The number of
Use this service to send/receive short text messages
received messages, senders and reception dates/times
between SMS-compatible SoftBank handsets using
appear.
phone numbers.
Number of received messages
Sender
Reception date and time
Reception Notification Window
17-2
APress w (View)
Tip
â˘ Received message count
When there are unread messages, the total number of
new and unread messages appears.
Received Message List
When multiple messages appear
Use s to select the
tab and press w (View)
BSelect a new received message
SMS Window
S! Mail Text
â˘ Sender information
A phone number or mail address appears. When the
sender has been saved in Phonebook, you will see the
name saved in Phonebook. When an incoming image
has been saved in Phonebook or an incoming image
has been set for the group, the image appears at the
same time. While Secret Mode is set to Hide and
Phonebook Secret Mode is set to On for message
receiver/sender information; sender's name/image does
not appear.
SMS Operations
In SMS window, press Side Keys nb to enlarge/reduce
text font size. Alternatively, press u or d for 1+ seconds
to auto scroll. To stop auto scroll, press any key. Press r
or l to adjust the scroll speed.
17-3
17
Messaging
â˘ When a message is received (out of Standby)
or
appears at top of Display. When 820SC is
closed,
appears on Sub Display ( P.1-11, 1-13).
The icon does not appear with Sub LCD light ( P.8-8)
set to Off.
3D Pictogram ( P.20-5)
17
BSelect a message with the rest of it
Messaging
If 3D pictogram is set to other than OFF, when you
check an incoming/unread message (Except S! Mail
that is set for Slide Show or with an attachment), the
message text appears in 3D Pictogram. After 3D
Pictogram display ends or w (Stop) is pressed, Message
window appears. Perform various operations after
Message window appears.
Notification Details
Retrieving Complete Messages
When Home network ( P.20-3) or Roaming ( P.203) is set to Manual, S! Mail is temporarily stored on
CPress c (Retrieve)
DSelect complete message
Mail Server; part of the received message is sent to
820SC as a reception notification. Retrieve complete
messages from Mail Server.
APress w and select Received msgs
Message Window
17-4
Tip
â˘ To retrieve complete messages from Message list
window ( P.19-2)
Message window for S! Mail with an
attachment
The first page shows the file name for the attachment
and the second and subsequent pages show the message.
Use r to read the message or select Options Ď Play to
start Slide Show.
Message window for S! Mail with Slide Show
set
Select Options Ď Play to play the slide. During
playing, press c (Pause)/w (Stop) to pause/stop it. Use s
to manually select pages.
If an image is inserted, the image appears with the
message.
If sound is inserted, select Options Ď Play to play
sound.
If Slide Show is set, sound is played when the page with
an inserted sound appears.
If video is inserted, select Options Ď Play and press o
(Video) to play video.
If Slide Show is set, Video appears at the lower right
and pressing o (Video) plays sound when the page with
video inserted appears.
Message window with a file requiring
purchasing/obtaining Content Key
appears on a page with an inserted file that you
cannot view/play.
Select Options Ď Download content key to view/play
the file.
Using Received Messages
Send a message directly to the sender.
17-5
17
Messaging
â˘ Received Message list window indicators
: Unread reception notification (Priority: High)
: Unread reception notification (Priority: Standard)
: Unread reception notification (Priority: Low)
: Read reception notification (Priority: High)
: Read reception notification (Priority: Standard)
: Read reception notification (Priority: Low)
Message window for S! Mail with an inserted
file ( P.17-18, 17-20)
17
APress w (Reply) on the Message
window
S! Mail
Messaging
BCreate a message and press w (Send)
Tip
â˘ Subject display of S! Mail for replies
The subject of a replied S! Mail is prefixed with "RE:"
automatically.
Creating Messages
Two types of messages are available on 820SC: S!
Mail and SMS. The number of characters that can be
sent and entry items are different between these types
(Shown below).
17-6
Number of
characters that
can be sent
SMS
Maximum of 70
Approximately
single- byte/
10,000 singledouble-byte,
byte/double-byte
Katakana
characters1
characters
Approximately
Maximum of 160
10,000 characters
single-byte
in one slide2
alphanumerics
(Up to 300KB3)
(Up to 140 bytes)
Address
Yes
Yes
Entr
Subject
Yes
No
Attachme
item
Yes
No
nt
Yes: Available
No: Not available
1 The number of characters that can be sent varies by the
attachment size, etc.
2 Set a maximum of 20 slides in one message.
3 Total size of all kinds of messages (Including address,
subject, text, and attachments).
Using Mail Art
Procedures
17
Create messages in the flow shown below. Enter
Messaging
In S! Mail window, view text/images consecutively like
slides or with a background color ( P.17-13, 17-15, 1720).
items other than Destination required.
Creating S! Mail
Creating SMS
Enter an address (
Enter a subject (
P.17-8)
P.17-11)
Enter message text (
P.17-11)
Attach/Insert files
( P.17-15, 17-20)
Set any sending options (
Send the message (
P.17-12)
P.17-12)
17-7
Tip
17
â˘ To set sending options beforehand ( P.20-2, 20-5)
Address
Enter a phone number or mail address for S! Mail or
Messaging
Automatic Change of Message Type
a phone number for SMS as a message address. Up
When message creation is started, the message type is
set to SMS; it automatically changes to S! Mail when
one of the following occurs:
â˘ Entering mail address as a destination
â˘ Entering a subject
â˘ Entering characters exceeding the number of
characters that can be sent by SMS
â˘ Inserting files on Slide Show page
â˘ Attaching or inserting a file
â˘ Changing the address type to Cc or Bcc
When the message is modified to allow it to be sent as
SMS, for example, by deleting an attached or inserted
file or a subject, the message type automatically
changes to SMS.
Depending on message creation conditions, it may not
automatically change type. If the mail type is not
changed automatically, change it manually ( P.17-12).
to twenty addresses can be entered.
17-8
APress w and select Create msg
Address field
Subject field
Attach field
Message field
Text entry field
Message Creation Window
BEnter an address
To select an address from Phonebook
selection window, highlight an address to
17
enter and press c (Select)
Messaging
aSelect Address field and select From
bSelect a Category, with/without Address
Phonebook
bSearch Phonebook and select an entry ( P.510)
cHighlight a phone number or mail address
and press c (Select)
To enter an address directly
aSelect Address field and select Enter
Recipient
bEnter phone number or mail address
To select an address from sent records
Select Address field and select the record
To select an address from a Phonebook
Category
aSelect Address field and select From
Category
17-9
CTo enter another address
17
Tip
Messaging
To enter an address directly
â˘ To create a message using a template ( P.17-15)
aSelect Address field
â˘ To confirm the entered address
In Step 3, select Options Ď Recipient list
bSelect Entry field and select Enter Recipient
cEnter phone number or mail address and
press w (Done)
To select an address from Phonebook
aOptions Ď Add recipients Ď Phonebook
bSearch and select Phonebook
cHighlight a phone number or mail address
and press c (Select)
To select an address from a Phonebook
Category
aOptions Ď Add recipients Ď Category
bSelect a Category; with/without Address
selection window, highlight an Address to
enter and press c (Select)
17-10
â˘ To add an address after confirming entered address
a In Step 3, select Options Ď View recipient list
b Select Entry field and perform operation in the
same way as Step 2
c Press w (Done)
â˘ To send a message after confirming entered address
a In Step 3, select Options Ď View recipient list
b Options Ď Send
â˘ To change the address type to To, Cc, or Bcc
a In Step 3, select Options Ď View recipient list
b Options, highlight an address Ď Change recipients
Ď To, Cc, or Bcc
â˘ To delete an address
a In Step 3, select Options Ď view recipient list
b Options, highlight an address Ď Remove
â˘ To copy, cut, or paste characters ( P.4-12)
Note
â˘ If shared memory ( P.25-15) is less than 464KB,
you cannot create a message. To create a message,
delete messages.
â˘ If shared memory ( P.25-15) becomes low while in
a message creation, you may not be able to save the
message in Drafts.
â˘ A message created on 820SC may not appear the
same way on the other party's phone.
â˘ Message sent with Subject/Text in Hangul, may
appear as spaces or be deleted on the other party's
phone.
Subject
AIn Message creation window, select
Subject field
BEnter a subject
Tip
â˘ To copy, cut, or paste characters ( P.4-12)
â˘ To set/release the prediction entry function
( P.4-13)
Message
AIn Message creation window, select
Message field
When Slide Show is set ( P.17-13)
Select Text entry field
BEnter the message
17-11
17
Messaging
â˘ Viewing Address field
When multiple addresses have been saved,
and the
number of addresses appear in Address field on
Message creation window.
Tip
17
â˘ To copy, cut, or paste characters ( P.4-12)
Messaging
â˘ To use an SMS template or Phonebook entry
( P.4-10)
â˘ To change the font size of characters being entered
In Step 2, select Options Ď Font Size Ď Small,
Standard, or Large
â˘ To set/release the prediction entry function
( P.4-13)
â˘ To set Slide Show ( P.17-13)
â˘ To insert image files, etc. in a Message field
( P.17-16, 17-20)
â˘ To view the text in 3D Pictogram
In Message creation window, highlight Message field,
select Options Ď 3D Pict. Disp.
17-12
Sending a Message
AIn Message creation window, press w
(Send)
Tip
â˘ To set sending settings for a message being created
a In Message creation window, select Options Ď
Sending options
b Select an item and set it ( P.20-2, 20-5)
c Press w (Apply) or w (Save)
â˘ To change the message type
a In Message creation window, highlight all fields
except Address field
b Options Ď Change to S! Mail or Change to SMS Ď
Yes
Tip
Slide Show
Open S! Mail window in Slide Show. Text messages,
page of Slide Show. Set a maximum of 20 slide pages
in one message.
AIn Message creation window, select
Options â Insert â Text
Slide page No. and display
time
â˘ To delete a Text entry field
a In Message creation window, highlight Text entry
field
b Options Ď Remove Ď Yes
â˘ To preview Slide Show before sending
a In Message creation window, highlight a field other
than Address field
b Options Ď Preview
c Options Ď Play
Added Text entry field
Message Creation Window
BSelect added Text entry field and
enter a message
Changing the Style of Message
Field
Set the font color, font style, interval time for
displaying Slide Show, background color, etc.
CTo add a Text entry field for Slide
Show, perform Steps 1 and 2
17-13
17
Messaging
images, movies, and sounds can be inserted on each
â˘ To insert Image, Sound, or Video
Perform operations in "Inserting a File" ( P.17-18).
Alternatively, other files can be inserted in the same
page. But image/video or sound/video cannot be
displayed in the same page.
17
AIn Message creation window,
highlight Message field
Messaging
BSet options as required
To set background color
Set a font color for a single slide page
aHighlight a Character entry field to set
bOptions Ď Edit style
cHighlight Font colour and use a to highlight
a color
aOptions Ď Edit style
Set font size for all pages
bHighlight Select page and use s to display All
aOptions Ď Edit style
pages
cHighlight Background colour and use a to
highlight a color
Set the page display
bHighlight Select page and use s to display All
pages
cHighlight Font Size and use s to display a
size
aHighlight a Character entry field to set
To set font size for a single slide page
bOptions Ď Edit style
aHighlight a Character entry field to set
cHighlight Slide interval and enter a time
bOptions Ď Edit style
Set the font color
cHighlight Font Size and use s to display a
aOptions Ď Edit style
bHighlight Select page and use s to display All
pages
cHighlight Font colour and use a to highlight
a color
17-14
size
To change the display order for text and
images (Videos)
aOptions Ď Edit style
bHighlight Select page and use s to display All
pages
cHighlight Order item and use s to display
CPress c (Save)
BHighlight an S! Mail or SMS
template
CSelect Options â Send
Tip
â˘ To preview the style before sending
a In Message creation window, highlight a field other
than Address field
b Options Ď Preview
c Options Ď Play
Note
â˘ Edit style or Preview does not appear in SMS
Options.
Templates
17
Messaging
Text-Top or Image (Video)
APress w and select Templates â
S! Mail templates or SMS templates
DCreate a message and press w (Send)
Tip
â˘ To use after viewing an S! Mail template
a Perform Steps 1 and 2
b Options Ď View
c Options Ď Play as required
d Options Ď Edit and send
â˘ To register a template ( P.4-15, 18-19)
Attaching/Inserting Files
Create and send a message using S! Mail or SMS
A file that can be attached/inserted to an S! Mail is
template.
limited in size to 294KB (except the message
17-15
address, subject and message text size). Up to 20
files can be attached to one S! Mail.
17
Tip
Messaging
â˘ To check the size of a message being created
Select S! Mail as the Type of the message, the message
size appears in the upper-right corner.
Note
â˘ Note that some recipients may not be able to receive
attachment or inserted files.
â˘ Video files that cannot be sent by S! Mail (File size:
over 294KB, Size: over 176 x 144, Quality: other
than Economy, or etc.) are attached/inserted, the
message indicating attaching/inserting failed
appears.
Attaching/Inserting a File from
Data Folder, etc. into Message
Field
Attach images, video, and/or sounds saved in Data
Folder to a message, as well as any contents saved in
Phonebook and Calendar (converted as vCard format
or vCalendar format). If you insert a file in Message
17-16
field, display/play the file when you view the
bSearch Phonebook and select an entry ( P.510)
Message window.
17
cPress w (Add)
Messaging
Attaching a File
AIn Message creation window, Select
Attach field
BAttach file
Attach field
Attachment name
Message Creation Window
(File Attached)
To attach file
aSelect Data Folder
bSelect a file from Data Folder
To attach Phonebook data as vCard file
aSelect Phonebook details
17-17
To attach Calendar items as vCard file
format
17
aSelect Calendar item
Messaging
bSelect the items
Tip
â˘ To add a file
Perform Step 1 to 2 in "Attaching a file" ( P.17-17)
â˘ To check an attachment
a In Message creation window, highlight a file in
Attach field and select Options Ď View attachment
b Select a file
â˘ If you attach a file
File type indicator and file name appears in Attach
field.
: Image
: Sound
: Video
: vCalendar
: vCard
: File other than above
â˘ To replace a file
a In Message creation window, highlight a file in
Attach field and select Options Ď View attachment
b Highlight a file and select Options Ď Replace
c Perform Step 2 in "Attaching a file" ( P.17-17)
17-18
â˘ To delete a file
a In Message creation window, highlight a file in
Attach field and select Options Ď View attachment
b Highlight a file and select Options Ď Remove Ď
Selected
â˘ To delete all files
a In Message creation window, highlight a file in
Attach field and select Options Ď View attachment
b Options Ď Remove Ď All Ď Yes
Inserting a File
AIn Message creation window, select
Options â Insert
To insert a file with Slide Show set ( P.17-13)
aIn Message creation window, highlight Text
entry field to insert a file
bOptions Ď Insert
BSelect file to insert
Tip
â˘ To preview an inserted file
a Options Ď Preview
b Options Ď Play
Message Creation Window
(File Inserted)
To insert an image
aSelect Image
bSelect an image from Data Folder
To insert sound
aSelect Sound
bSelect sound from Data Folder
To insert a video
aSelect Video
bSelect movie from Data Folder
â˘ If you insert a file
In Message creation window, the icon indicating the
file type, file name, and file size is displayed in Text
entry field. If you inserted an image with no
restrictions on its being displayed, the image will be
shown in reduced size instead of the icon.
: Images that cannot be displayed because of
Content Key has not been purchased or otherwise
obtained
: Sound
: Video
â˘ To replace a file
a In Message creation window, highlight a file in Text
entry field
b Options Ď Replace
c Select a file
â˘ To delete a file
a In Message creation window, highlight a file in Text
entry field
b Options Ď Remove Ď Yes
17-19
Messaging
Inserted file name
17
17
Messaging
â˘ To insert a file where another is inserted
A new Slide Show page is added automatically and the
file is inserted. In case of an image file and sound file,
both can be inserted on the same page.
BSelect a creation method and insert
the file
To capture a photograph
aSelect Take picture
Creating & Inserting a File
While creating a message, create a file and insert it.
When Message window is opened, inserted file
appears/plays.
AIn Message creation window, select
Options â Create & Insert
To insert a file with Slide Show is set
aIn Message creation window, highlight Text
entry field where a file to be inserted
bOptions Ď Create & Insert
17-20
bPress c (Take)
cPress c (Add)
To record video
aSelect Record video
bPress c (Record)
cPress c (Save)
dOptions Ď Add to message
To record sound
aSelect Record sound
bPress c (Record)
cPress w (Stop)
dOptions Ď Add to message
Tip
Saving Created Messages
17
Save to Drafts
â˘ To insert a file where another file has already been
inserted
820SC works the same way as the file inserted from
Data Folder to Text entry field ( P.17-19).
When message creation is interrupted before
â˘ To replace or delete a file
Perform operations the same way as the file inserted
from Data Folder to Text entry field ( P.17-19).
AIn Message creation window, select
Options â Save to Drafts
â˘ Operations activated before and after capturing a
still image ( P.7-6)
â˘ Operations activated before and after recording
video ( P.7-11)
â˘ Operations activated before and after recording
sound ( P.14-17)
completion, etc., save the message being created to
Drafts.
Tip
â˘ When C / y / l is pressed on Message creation
window
When C, y, or l is pressed after entering something or
attaching or inserting a file, a message appears asking
whether to finish creating the message. Select Yes to
save the created message to Drafts.
17-21
Messaging
â˘ If you insert a file
820SC works the same way as the file inserted from
Data Folder to Text entry field ( P.17-19).
Note
17
Messaging
â˘ Save to Drafts appears in Options after address,
subject or text has been entered or a file is attached/
inserted.
Save as a Template
By saving a message with fixed contents, etc. as an
S! Mail templates, new S! Mail can be easily created
and sent.
AIn Message creation window,
highlight Attach or Text entry field
BSelect Options â Save as template
Note
â˘ Saved as template appears in Options only when a
subject is entered or the message is longer than
SMS, or when a file is inserted.
17-22
Messaging Folders
Viewing Messages
Five mailboxes are created on 820SC.
18
Mailbox
Message type
Messaging Folders
Received msgs
Received messages.
Drafts
Message drafts saved before
completion.
Unsent msgs
Messages unsent because of failure or
cancellation, or waiting to be sent.
Sent msgs
Messages already sent.
Templates
S! Mail or SMS saved as templates.
Tip
Note
â˘ When adding a new SMS to Drafts, Unsent msgs, or
Sent msgs cause the maximum number of allowed
message to be exceeded, the oldest SMS is deleted
automatically.
Message Lists
From list of Received msgs or Unsent msgs, view the
messages.
APress w
BSelect Received msgs or Unsent msgs
â˘ To check message memory status
a Press w
b Select Memory status
c Select SMS, S! Mail (By count), or S! Mail (By size)
â˘ To create a personal folder in Received msgs
( P.18-15)
Received Message List
18-2
From a personal folder in Received msgs
Select a folder; then Phone Password entry window
appears, enter Phone Password and press c
(Confirm)
Message List Window
The following information appears in lists for each
Messaging folder.
18
Messaging Folders
Message type icon
Sender or recipient
Reception date
CSelect a message
Subject or the top of the message
Tip
Message size
â˘ In Message window, press * or #
Switch between previous and next window.
â˘ When pressing Side Keys nb in SMS window
Press Side Key n to enlarge font size by two levels;
press Side Key b to reduce font size by two levels
Copy protected file indicator
Received Message List
â˘ To view a sent message
a In Step 2, select Sent msgs
b Highlight a message, select Options Ď View
â˘ To view S! Mail details
In Step 3, highlight a message, select Options Ď
Details
18-3
Tip
18
Messaging Folders
â˘ Received Message Indicators
: Unread S! Mail (Priority: High)
: Unread S! Mail (Priority: Standard)
: Unread S! Mail (Priority: Low)
: Unread S! Mail (Priority: High; Video and/or
sound inserted)
: Unread S! Mail (Priority: Standard; Video and/or
sound inserted)
: Unread S! Mail (Priority: Low; Video and/or
sound inserted)
: Read S! Mail (Priority: High)
: Read S! Mail (Priority: Standard)
: Read S! Mail (Priority: Low)
: Read S! Mail (Priority: High; Video and/or sound
inserted)
: Read S! Mail (Priority: Standard; Video and/or
sound inserted)
: Read S! Mail (Priority: Low; Video and/or sound
inserted)
18-4
: Unread reception notification (Priority: High)
: Unread reception notification (Priority: Standard)
: Unread reception notification (Priority: Low)
: Read reception notification (Priority: High)
: Read reception notification (Priority: Standard)
: Read reception notification (Priority: Low)
: Unread SMS
: Read SMS
: Unread SMS (saved in USIM Card)
: Read SMS (saved in USIM Card)
: Unread S! Mail Delivery Report
: Read S! Mail Delivery Report
: Unread SMS Delivery Report
: Read SMS Delivery Report
: Receiving S! Mail
â˘ Draft Message Indicators
: S! Mail (Priority: High)
: S! Mail (Priority: Standard)
: S! Mail (Priority: Low)
: S! Mail (Priority: High; Video and/or sound
inserted)
: S! Mail (Priority: Standard; Video and/or sound
inserted)
: S! Mail (Priority: Low; Video and/or sound
inserted)
: SMS
â˘ Unsent Message Indicators
: S! Mail
: S! Mail (Video and/or sound inserted)
: SMS
: Sending S! Mail
â˘ Copy Protected file Indicators
Attached/inserted Copy protected file indicators
: Transferable, Content Key has already been
purchased
: Transferable, Content Key has not been purchased
or otherwise obtained
: Nontransferable, Content Key has already been
purchased
: Nontransferable, Content Key has not been
purchased or otherwise obtained
â˘ While Secret Mode is set to Hide
Phonebook Secret Mode is set to On for message
receiver/sender information; only the number or email
addresses appear (instead of the name).
Saving to Phonebook
18
Save phone number/mail address of the sender/
recipient to Phonebook while viewing Message
window (Received)/Reception notification window.
AIn Message window, select Options â
Add to Phonebook â Phone or USIM
BSelect New or Update
To save as a new entry
Select New
To save to an existing entry
aSelect Update
bSearch Phonebook and select an entry ( P.510)
CSelect an icon
DSave other items ( P.5-4)
18-5
Messaging Folders
â˘ Sent Message Indicators
: S! Mail
: S! Mail (Video and/or sound inserted)
: SMS
: SMS (saved in USIM Card)
Message Window Operations
EPress w (Save)
Note
18
Messaging Folders
â˘ When an underlined phone number, mail address
or URL is highlighted in a message window, Add to
Phonebook does not appear in Options.
Note
â˘ While viewing S! Mail sent via PC, etc., Save as S!
Mail template does not appear in Options.
Message Window Options
Item
Saving as an S! Mail Template
Description
Play
Play Slide Show, inserted video, or
sound ( P.17-5).
Retrieve
Receive subsequent part of the notified
message.
Reply
Reply to the sender of the reception
notification.
Reply to all
Send reply to all entered S! Mail
recipients.
â˘ If a message appears indicating name duplication
a Press c
b Press c (Select) and enter the name
c Press w (Save)
Forward
Forward received message.
Download
content key
Purchase or acquire Content Key.
Delete
Delete displayed messages.
â˘ When a name entry window has opened
a Press c (Select) and enter the name
b Press w (Save)
Save as S! Mail Add displayed S! Mail as an S! Mail
template
template ( P.18-6).
Save received or sent S! Mail as an S! Mail template.
AIn Message window, select Options â
Save as S! Mail template
Tip
18-6
Item
Description
Save files attached or inserted in an S!
Mail to Data Folder ( P.18-14).
Add to
Phonebook
Save number or mail address to
Phonebook or USIM Card Phonebook
( P.18-5).
Details
Confirm S! Mail size, etc.
3D Pict. Disp.
Display a message in 3D Pictogram
( P.20-5).
Move to Phone/ Move an SMS received or being sent
USIM
to handset or USIM Card ( P.18-18).
Replying to a Message
APress w and select Received msgs
Tip
18
â˘ Reply subject prefix
"RE:" automatically appears before S! Mail Reply
subject.
â˘ When Reply with text is On
Received message text automatically appears two lines
below Reply text in Text entry field.
Note
â˘ If shared memory ( P.25-15) is less than 464KB,
you cannot reply to a message. To reply to the
message, delete messages.
BHighlight message, select Options â
Reply
To reply to all recipients entered in the S!
Mail
Highlight message, select Options Ď Reply to
all
18-7
Messaging Folders
Save items
CCreate a message and press
w (Send)
Forwarding a Message
Forward a received or sent message to another
18
recipient.
Messaging Folders
APress w and select Received msgs or
Sent msgs
BHighlight message, select Options â
Forward
CCreate a message and press
w (Send)
Tip
â˘ The subject of forwarded messages
The subject of a forwarded S! Mail is prefixed with
"FW:" automatically.
18-8
Note
â˘ If shared memory ( P.25-15) is less than 464KB,
you cannot forward a message. To forward the
message, delete messages.
Sending from Drafts
APress w and select Drafts
BHighlight the message and press
w (Send)
When Send does not appear
aPress c (Edit)
bEnter address and press w (Send)
Sending from Unsent
Messages
Send messages directly from Unsent Messages.
BHighlight the message and press
w (Send)
To send after modifying
aHighlight the message, select Options Ď
Edit
bEdit the message and press w (Send)
Deleting a Message
Deleting Specified Message(s)
Delete multiple specified messages. Alternatively,
specify and delete saved templates.
To delete a saved S! Mail or SMS templates
Select Templates Ď S! Mail templates or SMS
templates
18
CDelete a Message or Template
Messaging Folders
APress w and select Unsent msgs
BSelect a mailbox
To delete one message or template
aHighlight the message or template
bOptions Ď Delete Ď Selected Ď Yes
To delete multiple messages or templates
aOptions Ď Delete Ď Multiple
bCheck a message or template to delete
cRepeat b to check all of the target messages
or templates
dPress w (Delete) and proceed to f when all
are not checked
eEnter Phone Password and press c (Confirm)
fSelect Yes
APress w
18-9
Tip
18
Messaging Folders
â˘ To view the contents of multiple messages or S!
Mail templates while selecting them
a Repeat Steps 1 and 2
b Options Ď Delete Ď Multiple
c Highlight message or S! Mail template, select
Options Ď View
â˘ To collectively select/deselect multiple messages or
S! Mail templates
a Repeat Steps 1 and 2
b Options Ď Delete Ď Multiple
c Options Ď Mark all or Unmark all
â˘ To collectively select/deselect multiple SMS
templates
a Perform Steps 1 and 2
b Options Ď Delete Ď Multiple
c Press o (Mark all) or o (Unmark all)
Note
â˘ While highlighting an S! Mail template designated
as default, Delete does not appear in Options.
18-10
Designating & Deleting a
Mailbox
APress w to select Settings â Delete all
BCheck a mailbox to delete
CRepeat Step 2 to check all target
mailboxes
DPress w (Delete)
EEnter Phone Password, and press
c (Confirm) to select Yes
Deleting All Messages from a
Mailbox
Note
APress w
â˘ You cannot delete the S! Mail template designated
as the default.
BSelect a mailbox
To delete an S! Mail or SMS template
Linked Information
Select Templates Ď S! Mail templates or SMS
If Message window or Notification details window
templates
contains an underlined number, mail address, or
CSelect Options â Delete â All
DEnter Phone Password, press
c (Confirm) and select Yes
URL; save it to Phonebook or use it to place a call,
send messages, save bookmark, or access the site.
As linked information, following number of
characters can be recognized for each S! Mail Font
size setting:
Maximum of 45 lines (1,035 characters) for
Standard,
54 lines (1,026 characters) for Large, and 41 lines
(1,025 characters) for Small.
18-11
18
Messaging Folders
Delete saved templates all at once.
â˘ Personal folders cannot be deleted by this
operation. To delete Personal folders, select
Messaging â Settings â Delete all
Saving to Phonebook
18
Messaging Folders
AIn Message window, select a phone
number, mail address, or URL and
select Add to phonebook â Phone or
USIM
BCreate a new entry or update an
existing one
Note
â˘ If URL is selected, USIM is unselectable in Step 1.
Saving as a Bookmark
AIn Message window, select a URL and
select Bookmark
BPress c (Select) to enter a subject and
press w (Save)
To save as a new entry
Select New
To save to an existing entry
Initiating a Call, Sending a
Message, or Accessing the Web
aSelect Update
bSearch Phonebook and select an entry ( P.510)
CSelect an icon
DSave other items ( P.5-4)
EPress w (Save)
18-12
Use phone number/mail address/URL information in
Message window or Notification details window.
AIn Message window, follow steps
below
To initiate a Voice Call
Select a phone number and select Voice call
To initiate a Video Call
To send a message
aSelect a phone number or mail address and
select Create msg
Viewing an Attachment
Open images/play sounds attached to S! Mail. For
18
vCard/vCalendar, open Details to see contents.
Messaging Folders
Select a phone number and select Video call
Using an Attachment
ASelect a file and select Open file
bCreate a message and press w (Send)
To access the Web
Select URL and select Go to URL
Tip
â˘ Operations in Notification details window
Phone number/mail address/URL information except
in From (other party's phone number) can be used.
Tip
â˘ To save a file in Data Folder directly
In Message window, select a file Ď Save items
â˘ To save vCard/vCalendar to Phonebook/Calendar
directly
In Message window, select a file Ď Register to
Phonebook or Register to Calendar
â˘ To register vCard/vCalendar to Phonebook/
Calendar after viewing
a Perform Step 1
b Press c (Register)
18-13
18
â˘ When a file requiring Content Key is attached
After Step 1, a message appears and file does not open.
To view the file, select Save items in Step 1 to save and
purchase/obtain Content Key from Data Folder
( P.11-14).
Messaging Folders
â˘ When an attachment has a restriction (one play
only)
After Step 1, one play only message appears.
Saving Attachments to Data
Folder
Save S! Mail attachment/inserted files to 820SC.
AIn Message window, select Options â
Save items
BSelect file(s)
To select and save multiple files
aOptions Ď Multiple
bCheck the files to save
cRepeat b to check all target files
dPress w (Save)
To save all files
Options Ď All
Tip
â˘ To select or deselect multiple files at once
a In Step 2, select Options Ď Multiple
b Press o (Mark all) or o (Unmark all)
â˘ If message appears indicating name already exists
a Press c
b Press c (Select) and change the file name
c Press w (Save)
To select and save one file
Note
aHighlight a file
â˘ When a file is highlighted in Message window, Save
items does not appear in Options.
bPress c (Select) or select Options Ď Selected
18-14
Managing Folders
Security ON/OFF
Create personal folders in Received msgs; organize
Activate Security to require Phone Password entry to
messages by message type. Active Security for
open a personal folder.
personal folders.
APress w and select Received msgs
APress w and select Received msgs
BSelect Options â Create folder
CEnter a name
BHighlight the personal folder, select
Options â Security ON/OFF
CEnter Phone Password and press c
(Confirm), then select Yes
Tip
Edit Folder
Change personal folder names.
APress w and select Received msgs
BSelect Options â Edit folder
â˘ Secure Folders
appears.
â˘ When a Secure Folders is selected
Select personal folders; Phone Password entry window
appears. Enter Phone Password and press c; Message
list window in the personal folder appears.
CEnter a name
18-15
Messaging Folders
Create Folder
18
Moving Messages
APress w and select Received msgs
18
To move messages from a personal folder
Messaging Folders
Select that folder
BHighlight message, select Options â
Move this
CSelect the destination folder
Delete Folder
APress w and select Received msgs
BHighlight the personal folder, select
Options â Delete folder â Yes
To open a secure folder
Enter Phone Password and press c (Confirm)
CSelect Yes
To return messages to Received msgs
Select Received msgs
From Message List
Saving to Phonebook
APress w and select Received msgs,
Unsent msgs or Sent msgs
BHighlight message, select Options â
Add to Phonebook
18-16
CSelect a phone number or mail
address and select Phone or USIM
DSelect saving method to create a new
entry or update an existing entry
Select New
To save to an existing entry
Available sorting types vary by Mailbox/Message
list.
BSelect an item
aSelect Update
To sort in descending order of date
bSearch Phonebook and select an entry ( P.5-
Select Date
10)
ESelect an icon
FEnter additional items as required
( P.5-4)
GPress w (Save)
18
AIn Message list window, select
Options â Sort by
Messaging Folders
To save as a new entry
Sorting Messages
To sort by sender
Select Sender
To sort by recipient
Select Recipient
To view read and unread messages separately
Select Unread to read or Read to unread
18-17
To view messages separately by type
Select Message type
18
Move to Phone/Move to USIM
Messaging Folders
To sort by subject
Move received SMS or sent SMS.
Select Subject
Save up to ten messages to USIM Card.
To sort in descending order of message size
APress w and select Received msgs or
Sent msgs
Select Size
Tip
â˘ Listing order when selecting Message type
SMS Ď S! Mail (Including message notification) Ď
SMS saved in USIM Card.
â˘ Sender, Recipient, or Subject list order
Listed in the order of single-byte symbol Ď singlebyte number Ď single-byte alphabet Ď single-byte
Katakana Ď double-byte symbol Ď double-byte
Hiragana Ď double-byte Katakana Ď Kanji Ď
double-byte number Ď double-byte alphabet. But if
Subject is selected, messages with no subject are listed
at the top.
18-18
BMove messages
To move from USIM Card to 820SC
aHighlight an SMS saved on USIM Card
bOptions Ď Move to phone
To move from 820SC to USIM Card
aHighlight an SMS saved in USIM Card
bOptions Ď Move to USIM
Tip
â˘ When moving received SMS from personal folders
to USIM Card
A confirmation appears. Select Yes to complete the
move.
Saving an S! Mail Template
For more information about saving an SMS template,
see "SMS Templates" ( P.4-15).
APress w and select Templates â
S! Mail templates
BSelect Options â Add new
DPress w (Save)
18
Tip
â˘ To view an S! Mail template being created
In Step 3, select Options Ď Preview
â˘ To display and view an S! Mail template
In Step 2, highlight S! Mail template, select Options Ď
View
â˘ To modify an S! Mail template
a In Step 2, select a registered S! Mail template and
perform modification operation
b Press w (Save)
â˘ To delete an S! Mail template
Perform the same operation as for a message ( P.189).
â˘ To copy, cut, or paste characters ( P.4-12)
â˘ To use contents of an SMS template or Phonebook
( P.4-10)
18-19
Messaging Folders
â˘ Message List SMS Indicators
: Unread SMS
: Read SMS
: Unread SMS (USIM Card)
: Read SMS (USIM Card)
: Sent SMS
: Sent SMS (USIM Card)
CSelect Subject field or Text entry field
and enter a subject or message
Description
Forward
Forward received message ( P.18-8).
Move this
Move received mails to a personal
folder ( P.18-16).
18
â˘ To turn predictive entry on/off ( P.4-13)
Create folder
Create a personal folder ( P.18-15).
Messaging Folders
Item
â˘ To change font size
a In Step 3, select Text entry field, select Options Ď
Font Size
b Select any of Small, Standard, or Large
â˘ Setting Slide Show/inserting a file
a In Step 3, select Options Ď Insert or Create &
Insert
b Perform setting, attaching, or inserting operation
( P.17-13, 17-18, 17-20)
Edit folder
Change personal folder name ( P.1815).
Security On/Off
With Security setting On, enter Phone
Password to check mails in a personal
folder ( P.18-15).
Delete folder
Delete a personal folder ( P.18-16).
View
Open sent messages or S! Mail
templates ( P.18-3, 18-19).
Edit
Edit unsent message ( P.18-8).
Delete
Delete messages or templates ( P.189, 18-11).
Move to phone/
Move to USIM
Move SMS between 820SC and
USIM Card ( P.18-18).
Sort by
Sort messages ( P.18-17).
Add to
Phonebook
Save number or mail address to
Phonebook or USIM Card Phonebook
( P.18-16).
â˘ To view the text in 3D Pictogram
In Step 3, highlight Text entry field, select Options Ď
3D Pict. Disp.
Message List Options
Item
Description
Retrieve
Retrieve complete S! Mail from the
Server.
Reply
Reply to the sender ( P.18-7).
Reply to all
Send reply to all entered S! Mail
recipients ( P.18-7).
18-20
Item
Description
Check memory status in a personal
folder or confirm S! Mail size, etc.
Cancel
retrieving
Stop message retrieval from Mail
Server.
Send
Send message using S! Mail template
or SMS template ( P.17-15).
Add new
Save a new S! Mail template or SMS
template ( P.4-15, 18-19).
18
Messaging Folders
Details
18-21
18-22
Server Mail
Message List
View Mail Server message list. Retrieve, forward, or
delete messages.
19
Acquire Mail List
Server Mail
APress w and select Server mail box
BSelect Acquire Mail List
Tip
â˘ To check Mail Server usage state
a Select Server mail volume in Step 2
b Press c (Update) and select Yes to update to the
latest information
19-2
Download
APress w and select Server mail box
BSelect Mail List
CHighlight the message, select Options
â Download
Tip
â˘ To receive all messages from Message list window
In Step 2, select Retrieve All Mail
Delete
APress w and select Server mail box
BSelect Mail List
CDelete unwanted messages
aHighlight a message
bOptions Ď Delete Ď Selected Ď Yes
aOptions Ď Delete Ď Multiple
bCheck a message to delete
cRepeat b to check all target messages to
delete
dPress w (Delete) and go to f if unmarking
all
eEnter Phone Password and press c (Confirm)
fSelect Yes
To delete all messages
aOptions Ď Delete Ď All
bEnter Phone Password, press c (Confirm) and
select Yes
Tip
â˘ To select/deselect multiple messages at once
a Perform Steps 1 and 2
b Options Ď Delete Ď Multiple
c Options Ď Mark all or Unmark all
19-3
19
Server Mail
To delete one message
To delete multiple messages
Remote Forward
DEnter an address
To directly enter an address
Forward a message from the Mail Server to another
aSelect Entry field and select Enter Recipient
address. Contents except the address are sent without
bEnter a phone number or mail address
modification.
To enter an address using a log
19
APress w and select Server mail box
Select Entry field and select a displayed log
Server Mail
BSelect Mail List
entry
CHighlight message, select Options â
Remote Forward
aSelect Entry field and select From
To select an address from Phonebook
Phonebook
bSearch Phonebook and select an entry ( P.510)
cHighlight a phone number or mail address
and press w (Select)
To select an address via Phonebook Category
aSelect Entry field and select From Category
bSelect a Category, with/without an Address
selection window, highlight an address and
press w (Select)
19-4
ESelect Options â Send
Tip
â˘ Message subject
Forwarded message Subject is automatically prefixed
with "FW:".
â˘ To set other sending options for a message
a In Step 5, select Options Ď Sending options
b Select an item and perform operations to set
( P.20-2)
c Press w (Apply)
19
Server Mail
â˘ To delete an address
In Step 5, highlight a recipient, select Options Ď
Remove
â˘ To change address type to To, Cc, or Bcc
a In Step 5, highlight a recipient, select Options Ď
Change recipients
b Select any of To, Cc, or Bcc
19-5
19-6
Other Message Settings
Customizing Handset
Address
Change your mail address (alphanumerics before @)
used for sending and receiving S! Mail to/from PC,
etc. The default account name consists of random
alphanumerics.
20
Other Message Settings
APress w and select Settings â
S! Mail â Mail Address setting
BFollow onscreen instructions
S! Mail Settings
Sending Settings
Default
Setting
Priority: Normal âŤ ŘšâŹExpiration: Maximum
Delivery: Immediately
âŤ ŘšâŹRequest delivery report: Unchecked
âŤŘšâŹ
âŤŘšâŹ
Set Sending options. Alternatively, set options for
each
S! Mail to send ( P.17-12).
APress w and select Settings â
S! Mail â Sending options
BSelect an item and set
Message priority
aSelect Priority
bSelect a level and press c
Mail Server Retention Period (before expiry)
aSelect Expiration
bSelect an item and enter a time if you
selected Custom time (Hour)
cPress c
Mail Server Retention Period (before
delivery)
aSelect Delivery
bSelect an item and press c
20-2
Delivery report request
Check Request delivery report
APress w and select Settings â
S! Mail â Receiving options
CPress w (Save)
Tip
â˘ When retention set in Expiration expires
The S! Mail is deleted automatically from the Mail
Server.
20
Other Message Settings
â˘ When retention is set in Delivery
When the specified time has elapsed, the S! Mail is
sent from the Mail Server.
â˘ When Request delivery report is checked
When an S! Mail is sent from the Mail Server, a
distribution report is sent to your handset.
Receiving Settings
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Home network: Auto download
âŤŘšâŹ
Roaming network: Manual
Setting
Set receiving options.
20-3
BSelect a receiving method
Message Size
To set the receiving method to use in Japan
aSelect Home network
Default
bSelect an item and press c
Setting
300KB
To set the receiving method while overseas
Cancel outgoing messages exceeding specified size.
aSelect Roaming network
APress w and select Settings â
S! Mail â Message size
bSelect an item and press c
20
âŤŘšâŹ
Other Message Settings
CPress w (Save)
BSelect an item and press c (Save)
Tip
â˘ Home network and Roaming network Items
Auto download: Receive automatically.
Manual: Receive only reception notification.
Default Style
Default
Setting
Font color: Black âŤ ŘšâŹFont size: Large
Background color: White
âŤ ŘšâŹSlide interval: Custom time (3 seconds)
âŤŘšâŹ
âŤŘšâŹ
Set font color, font style, background color, and Slide
Show time intervals. Alternatively, change display
settings for each S! Mail sent ( P.17-13).
20-4
APress w and select Settings â
S! Mail âDefault style
BSet Options
SMS Settings
Default
Setting
âŤŘšâŹ
âŤŘšâŹ
Delivery report: Unchecked
Character support: Automatic
Font color
aSelect Font color
Set Sending options. Alternatively, set options for
bUse a to highlight a color and press c
each SMS message ( P.17-12).
To set a font size
APress w and select Settings â SMS
bSelect an item and press c
BSet Options
Background color
Request a delivery report
aSelect Background color
Check Delivery report
bUse a to highlight a color and press c
Change character encoding
Slide Show time intervals
aSelect Character support
aSelect Slide interval
bSelect an item and press c
bSelect an item, with Custom time, enter a
time
CPress w (Save)
cPress c
CPress w (Save)
20-5
20
Other Message Settings
aSelect Font Size
BSet Options
Tip
â˘ When Delivery report is checked
When an SMS is sent from the Mail Server, a delivery
report is sent to your handset.
3D Pictogram Settings
20
Default
Setting
Other Message Settings
Display type: OFF
Background: Pattern 1
âŤ ŘšâŹRunning Speed: Normal
âŤŘšâŹ
âŤŘšâŹ
Animate text, pictograms or emoticons in message
3D Pictogram
aSelect Display type
bSelect an item and press c (Save)
Background & Font color
aSelect Background
bPress s, select a pattern and press c (Save)
To set speed
aSelect Running speed
bSelect an item and press c (Save)
text.
Activate/cancel 3D Pictogram; set background color/
speed.
APress w and select Settings â
3D pictogram
20-6
Tip
â˘ Display type Items
Always: Use 3D Pictogram when viewing every
message.
New mails only: Use 3D Pictogram only when viewing
an unread message.
OFF: Not use 3D Pictogram.
Note
â˘ Mail attachments, such as slide shows, may not
appear properly in 3D Pictogram.
Reply with text
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
20
Other Message Settings
Activate to include original message text in Reply.
APress w and select Settings â Reply
with text
BSelect an item and press c (Save)
Tip
â˘ Reply with text Items
On: Reply with text including received message text.
Off: Reply with text not including received message
text.
20-7
20
Other Message Settings
20-8
Mobile Internet
Getting Started
Web
Access Mobile Internet or Internet sites from 820SC.
Browse sites or download image or sound files, etc.
A separate subscription is required for Web service.
Accessing via Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu
Select Yahoo! Keitai main menu items to access
authentication. Confirm electronic certificates saved
on 820SC ( P.22-14, 23-4).
SSL/TLS Precautions
21
various content.
Mobile Internet
When a security notice appears, subscribers must decide
for themselves whether or not to open the page.
Opening secure pages constitutes agreement to the
terms of usage. SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp., VeriSign
Japan K.K., Betrusted Japan Co., Ltd., Entrust Japan
Co., Ltd GeoTrust Japan Inc., RSA Security Inc. and
SECOM Trust Systems Co., Ltd. are not liable for
damages associated with SSL/TLS use.
Internet Accessing
Cache
Enter a URL and access pages.
Retrieved Mobile Internet pages are temporarily
saved here. Cache remains even after a session ends
SSL/TLS
or 820SC is turned off. When full, oldest pages are
Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer
automatically deleted to make room for new ones.
Security (TLS) are encryption protocols for secure
When a saved page is opened again, it may open
Internet transmissions of important/sensitive
from Cache. For the latest version, reload the page
information (credit card numbers, etc.) and
( P.22-13).
21-2
Tip
â˘ To manually delete Cache contents ( P.23-4)
Enter URL
â˘ When another USIM Card is inserted into 820SC
Cache contents are automatically deleted.
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai â
Enter URL
â˘ When a page with an expiry date is saved
Page is automatically deleted upon expiry.
BSelect URL field and enter a URL
Getting Online
Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu
menu.
APress o
Tip
21
â˘ To save the entered URL as a bookmark
a In Step 2, check Add bookmark
b Select Title field and enter title
c Press w (Go to)
â˘ To access a page from the access history ( P.22-11)
BSelect an item
Tip
â˘ When accessing Mobile Internet for the first time
After Step 1, Time & date settings window appears; set
time & date to display Information window.
21-3
Mobile Internet
Access Mobile Internet sites via Yahoo! Keitai main
CPress w (Go to)
Page Window Operations
Side Key b: Scroll page down by multiple lines
Side Key n: Scroll page up by multiple lines
Operations on pages are as follows.
Moving Cursor
Scrolling
When selecting an item such as link, move cursor to
Scroll bar appears when page content extends
that item.
beyond current view.
Cursor
d/r
d/r/b
21
Mobile Internet
u/l
u/l/n
d/r: When items are listed vertically, move cursor
Scroll bar
d/r: Scroll down by one line
When a horizontal scroll bar appears, use r to
scroll right
u/l: Scroll up by one line
When a horizontal scroll bar appears, use l to
scroll left
21-4
down
When the page is already scrolled to the bottom,
alternatively, press Side Key b to move cursor down
u/l: When items are listed vertically, move cursor up
When the page is already scrolled to the top,
alternatively, press Side Key n to move cursor up
Tip
Tip
â˘ When items are listed in the same row
Press s to move cursor right or left.
â˘ When you move cursor
The selected item is highlighted or enclosed in a frame
of dotted lines if it is link to another page.
â˘ If w (Back)/C is pressed with no previous page
A message appears asking whether to terminate the
Web connection; select Yes to terminate the Web
connection.
Text Entry & Item Selection
Previous or Next Page
An information window may show fields and items
below.
aText entry field
bRadio
cMenu field
ďźďźćľˇĺ¤ăŽăăĽăźăš
21
Mobile Internet
dCheck box
ďźďźăšăăăźă
w (Back)/C
eCommand
Highlight link, etc. and press c to open the next page
Alternatively, select Options Ď Forward to
a Text entry field
change the window
Enter data, certification passwords, etc.; highlight
w (Back) or C: Display the previous page
Text entry field, press c and enter text
21-5
b Radio button
Note
Select one item only. Highlight an item with
press c to select it (Appearing as
and
c Menu field
Using Linked Info
Open a menu and select an item. Highlight a menu,
press c to open it. Use j to highlight an item and press
c to select it. If multiple items are selectable, press C
to cancel all.
Select multiple items. Highlight an item with
Mobile Internet
press c to select it (Appearing as
item, highlight
and
). To deselect an
and press c.
e Command button
Perform operations assigned to a button such as send
or reset. Highlight a command button and press c to
execute the operation.
21-6
Use embedded phone numbers, mail addresses, and
URLs to initiate calls, create and send messages, or
access web pages.
Available phone numbers, mail addresses, and URLs
d Check box
21
â˘ Text entry and item selection varies by page.
).
are underlined.
Using Page Links
AOpen a page containing linked info
BUse the available links
To initiate a Voice Call
Select a phone number and select Voice Call
BSelect a number or address and select
Save Number or Save Address â
Phone or USIM
CCreate a new entry or update an
existing entry
To create and send messages
To save as a new entry
aSelect a phone number or mail address and
Select New
select Create message
To add to an existing entry
21
aSelect Update
To access another page
bSearch for an existing entry to modify ( P.5-
Select a URL
10)
Saving to Phonebook
DSelect an icon
AOpen a page with linked number or
address
ESave the item ( P.5-4)
FPress w (Save)
21-7
Mobile Internet
bCreate messages and press w (Send)
21-8
Mobile Internet Files
Using Image Files
Saving Page Images
Save a page image to Data Folder.
Saving Images to Data Folder
AOpen a page with an image
Saving Linked Images
BSelect Options â Save â Save image
Download and save images from page links.
CHighlight the image and press
AOpen a page containing an image link
BSelect link
CPress c
22
When details appear
Mobile Internet Files
Press c
DPress C
To open the image
Press c (Launch)
To set saved image as Wallpaper
Press w (Set as) and perform Step 3 in
"Wallpaper" ( P.22-3)
22-2
c (Save)
DPress C
To open the image
Press c (Launch)
To set saved image as Wallpaper
Press w (Set as) and perform Step 3 in
"Wallpaper" ( P.22-3)
EPress C to end the operation
To save another image
Repeat Step 3
Tip
â˘ If the same file name exists
a Press c (Edit) and change the file name
b Press w (Save)
â˘ Viewing images
Press w (Set as) to set Wallpaper. ( P.22-3).
Press c (Zoom) to enlarge or reduce the image. Press
o (Details) to view image details.
â˘ When SVG-T/SWF format file is saved
Options appears on the save image confirmation
window, then select Options and execute various
operations
( P.11-9).
Using Set As
Set a saved image as Wallpaper.
AOpen image ( P.22-2)
BPress w (Set as)
CSelect an item
To set as Wallpaper
aSelect Wallpaper
bPress c (Set)
To set as Phonebook entry image
22
bSearch Phonebook and select an entry ( P.510)
cPress c (Set)
To set as Video Call Substitute Image
aSelect Still picture
bPress c (Save)
22-3
Mobile Internet Files
aSelect Caller ID
Note
â˘ For SVG-T/SWF format file, Settings does not
appear. For Wallpaper, open Data Folder and open
an image ( P.11-9).
Using Sound Files
Playing Sound
22
Saving Sounds to Data Folder
Download sound files from page links and save them
to Data Folder.
AOpen a page containing a sound link
BSelect link
CPress c
Play sounds from page links.
When details appear
AOpen a page containing link
Press c
BSelect link to sound
DSelect Exit
Mobile Internet Files
To play sound
Select Launch
22-4
Using Save Sound
Save background sound while viewing a page.
AOpen a page with sound
BSelect Options â Save â Save sound
CPress C
To play sound
Press c (Launch)
Tip
â˘ If same file name exists
a Press c (Edit) and change the file name
b Press w (Save)
â˘ To play sounds
Press w (Set as) and set saved sound as Ringtone
( P.11-12). For other operations, refer to Media
Player ( P.10-3).
Options
The items listed vary by the window status.
To set saved sound as Ringtone
Press w (Set as) and perform Step 3 in "Setting
Sound File as Ringtone" ( P.11-12)
Item
Stop
Description
Stop playing.
22
View history
Mobile Internet Files
Access a page containing a
View bookmark streaming play link saved as a
bookmark.
Access a page containing a
streaming play link already
accessed.
Details
Confirm sound size, etc.
Player settings
Select settings related to Media
Player ( P.10-6).
22-5
Using Video Files
Playing a Video
Play video from a page link.
AOpen a page containing a video link
BSelect link
Saving Videos to Data Folder
Download and save videos from page links.
22
Mobile Internet Files
AOpen a page containing a video link
BSelect link
CPress c
To play video
Press c (Launch)
To set saved video as Ringtone
Press w (Set as) and perform Step 3 in "Setting
Video File as Ringtone" ( P.11-12)
Tip
â˘ If same file name exists
a Press c (Edit) and change the file name
b Press w (Save)
â˘ To play video
Press w (Set as) and set saved video as Ringtone
( P.11-12). For other operations, refer to Media
Player ( P.10-8).
Options
The items listed vary by the window status.
Item
When details appear
Press c
DPress C
22-6
Resolution
Description
Set video display size while playing
or paused.
Item
Description
Access a page containing a
View bookmark streaming play link saved as a
bookmark.
View history
Access a page containing a
streaming play link already
accessed.
Details
Set video size while playing or
paused.
Player settings
Select settings related to Media
Player
( P.10-11).
Tip
â˘ To stream files
Operate the same as Media Player ( P.10-3, 10-8).
Note
â˘ Even if streaming is paused, data transfer continues
and packet transmission fees apply.
Options
Selectable menu content varies by file.
Item
Description
Resolution
Set video size while playing or
paused.
Enjoy audio visual media while it downloads. Access
Add bookmark
Save current page containing a
streaming play link as a bookmark.
compatible files via page links, etc. Downloaded
Access a page containing a
View bookmark streaming play link saved as a
bookmark.
Streaming
AOpen a page containing a streaming
video link
View history
Access a page containing a
streaming play link already
accessed.
BSelect link
22-7
Mobile Internet Files
content cannot be saved.
22
Saving Pages
Saving a Page
Save current page to open it at any time without
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai â
Saved pages
AOpen a page
BHighlight a page, select Options â
Rename
BSelect Options â Saved pages â Save
CPress c (Edit) and change the name
accessing the Web. Save up to 50 pages.
Opening a Saved Page
22
Changing a Title
Mobile Internet Files
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai â
Saved pages
BSelect a page
22-8
DPress w (Save)
Deleting a Saved Page
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai â
Saved pages
BDelete as required
Tip
â˘ To select/deselect multiple pages at once
a In Step 2, select Options Ď Delete Ď Multiple
b Options Ď Mark all/Unmark all
Saving Bookmarks
To delete one page
aHighlight a page
Saving as a Bookmark
bOptions Ď Delete Ď Selected Ď Yes
Bookmark frequently visited sites (URLs) for easier
To delete multiple pages
access. Save up to 30 Bookmarks.
aOptions Ď Delete Ď Multiple
bCheck a page to delete
dPress w (Delete) and select Yes
22
BSelect Options â Bookmarks â Add
to Bookmarks
To delete all pages
aOptions Ď Delete Ď All
bEnter Phone Password, press w (OK) and
select Yes
22-9
Mobile Internet Files
cRepeat Step b to check all target pages
AOpen a page
CConfirm Title and URL
To change the title/URL
aSelect Title or URL field
bChange Title or URL
Tip
â˘ To send a bookmark URL via S! Mail
a In Step 2, highlight a bookmark, select Options Ď
Send URL
b Create a message and press w (Send)
DPress w (Save)
Editing Bookmarks
Tip
22
â˘ To manually enter and save a bookmark
a Press c and select Yahoo! Keitai Ď Bookmarks
b Options Ď Add bookmark
c Select Subject field and enter a subject
d Select URL field and enter a URL
e Press w (Save)
Mobile Internet Files
Opening a Bookmark
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai â
Bookmarks
BSelect a bookmark
22-10
Modify the title or URL of bookmark.
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai â
Bookmarks
BHighlight a bookmark, select Options
â Edit bookmark
CSelect Title field or URL field, and
modify the title or URL
DPress w (Save)
Deleting a Bookmark
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai â
Bookmarks
BDelete as required
To delete one bookmark
aHighlight a bookmark
bOptions Ď Delete Ď Selected Ď Yes
To delete multiple bookmarks
aOptions Ď Delete Ď Multiple
bCheck a bookmark to delete
dPress w (Delete) and select Yes
To delete all bookmarks
aOptions Ď Delete Ď All
bEnter Phone Password, press w (OK) and
select Yes
â˘ To select/deselect multiple bookmarks at once
a In Step 2, select Options Ď Delete Ď Multiple
b Options Ď Mark all/Unmark all
History
Holds up to 50 page URLs; open previously viewed
pages.
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai â
History
22
BUse History records
Mobile Internet Files
cRepeat b to check all target bookmarks
Tip
To open a History record
Select URL
To delete a History record
aHighlight the URL
bOptions Ď Delete Ď Selected Ď Yes
22-11
To delete multiple records
aOptions Ď Delete Ď Multiple
bCheck a record to delete
cRepeat b to check all target records
Rendering
dPress w (Delete) and select Yes
Default
To delete all records
Setting
aOptions Ď Delete Ď All
bEnter Phone Password, press w (OK) Ď Yes
Tip
22
Display Settings
â˘ To select/deselect multiple histories collectively
a In Step 2, select Options Ď Delete Ď Multiple
b Options Ď Mark all/Unmark all
âŤŘšâŹ
Standard
Set pages to match Display size or show only text.
AOpen a page
BSelect Options â Rendering
CSelect an item
Mobile Internet Files
To open a page without changing its layout
Select Wide
To fit page to Display
Select Standard
To show page text only
Select Simple
22-12
Search Text
AOpen Information window
BSelect Options â Search text
CSelect Text entry field and enter text
DSelect search direction and press
w (Search)
Copy Text
AOpen Information window
DUse a to move cursor on the first
character and press c (Start)
To copy all texts in text entry window
Press o (All) to copy
EUse a to specify the range and press c
(End)
Reload
AOpen a page
BSelect Options â Reload
22
Mobile Internet Files
BSelect Options â Copy Text
CIn a text entry window, select Options
â Copy
22-13
Page Details
View current page information including URL and
View SSL/TLS server certificates.
Title.
AOpen a secure page
AOpen a page
BSelect Options â Browser setting â
Page details
Send URL
Attach current page URL to a message and send it.
22
Server Certificate
Mobile Internet Files
AOpen a page
BSelect Options â Send URL
CCreate a message and press w (Send)
22-14
BSelect Options â Browser setting â
Certificates
CSelect Server certification and select a
certificate
Tip
â˘ When you open a page that uses SSL/TLS
appears at the top of Display.
Returning to Default Page
Return to the Yahoo! Keitai main menu.
AOpen a page
BFrom any page, select Options â
Yahoo! Keitai
Information Window Options
Item
Forward
Description
Move to the next information window
( P.21-5).
Bookmark
Add or open bookmarks ( P.22-9).
Saved pages
Save information windows to Saved
pages. Display information window from
Saved pages ( P.22-8, 22-8).
Search text
Search text in information window
( P.22-13).
Reload
Reload the information for a page
( P.22-13).
Enter URL
Enter a URL to open another site/page
( P.21-3).
AOpen a page
Rendering
Change the displaying method for pages
( P.22-15).
BSelect Options â Browser setting â
Copy text
Copy text in information window
( P.22-13).
Save
Save images and sounds to Data Folder
( P.22-2, 22-4).
Encoding
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Auto
Setting
encoding.
Encoding
CSelect an option and press c (Save)
22
22-15
Mobile Internet Files
If page text appears garbled, change character
Item
Item
Description
Send URL
Send URLs of a page in a message
( P.22-14).
Manufactur
Show or hide handset serial number.
e No.
History
Access previously viewed pages ( P.2211).
Encoding
Yahoo! Keitai
Return to Yahoo! Keitai main menu
( P.22-15).
Browser
setting
Adjust Web Browser settings.
Text size
22
Description
Adjust information window text size
( P.23-3).
Download Set image/sound download settings
( P.23-2).
Mobile Internet Files
Empty
cache
Delete all information in cache.
Empty
cookies
Delete all cookies.
Cookie
options
Activate or cancel cookies.
Certificate
View certificates ( P.22-14, 23-4).
Page
details
22-16
View page details ( P.22-14).
Change current page character encoding
( P.22-15).
Java Script Turn Java Script onoff ( P.23-3).
About
browser
View browser details.
Other Web Settings
Preferences
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Display images: Checked
âŤŘšâŹ
Play sound: Checked
Security
Cookie Options
Setting
Set 820SC to disable embedded images/sounds when
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Accept all
Setting
opening pages. Pages download more quickly
Allow or reject small data files created by Web
without image and sound data.
servers and saved on handset. Cookies contain user
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai Ď
information allowing sites to recognize users and
Browser settings Ď Downloads
BPerform operations to set
To disable images
23
Other Web Settings
aSelect Display images
track preferences.
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai Ď
Browser settings Ď Cookie options
BSelect an item and press c (Save)
bSelect an item and press w (Save)
To disable sounds
aSelect Play sound
bSelect an item and press w (Save)
23-2
Tip
â˘ Cookie options Items
Accept all: Always accept Cookies.
Reject all: Always reject Cookies.
Prompt: Confirm Cookies each time they appear.
Turning Java Script On/Off
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Off
Setting
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai Ď
Browser settings Ď Java script
BSelect an item and press c (Save)
Text Size
Default
Manufacture Number
âŤŘšâŹ
Normal
Setting
Set 820SC to automatically send handset serial
number to Websites upon request for user
identification.
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai Ď
Browser settings Ď Manufacture
number
BSelect an item and press c (Save)
Change the size of the page fonts.
BSelect an item and press c (Save)
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai Ď
Browser settings â About browser
23-3
Other Web Settings
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai Ď
Browser settings â Text size
23
Browser Information
Certificates
View electronic certificate saved on 820SC.
AOpen a page using SSL/TLS
BSelect Options â Browser setting â
Certificates
CSelect Root certificate to view the
certificate
Refresh Browser
Empty Cache/Empty Cookies
Delete information saved in Cache and Cookies.
APress c and select Yahoo! Keitai Ď
Browser settings
BDelete as required
To delete Cache contents
Select Empty cache Ď c (Yes)
To delete Cookies
Select Empty cookies Ď c (Yes)
23
Other Web Settings
23-4
S! Appli
Getting Started
S! Appli
Download 820SC-compatible S! Appli, including
APress c and select S! Appli â
S! Application list
games, 3D images, and information via Mobile
BSelect Download S! Appli
Internet sites.
CSelect S! Appli to download
â˘ Use only compatible S! Appli.
â˘ To download S! Appli, separate subscription is
required and communication fees apply.
Network S! Appli
Some S! Appli require network connection. Enjoy
24
Downloading S! Appli
DSelect Yes
When details appear
Press c
ESelect Exit
network gaming or access real-time information like
To activate S! Appli
stock prices.
Select Launch
S! Appli
â˘ A separate subscription is required to download
S! Appli or use those which require network
connection.
â˘ Connection fees apply.
24-2
Starting S! Appli
APress c and select S! Appli â
S! Application list
BSelect S! Appli and press c (Start)
Tip
â˘ When S! Appli is active
appears.
Exit, Pause, & Resume
Exiting or Pausing S! Appli
AWhile an S! Appli is active, press y
BChoose to exit/pause
To exit S! Appli
Press w (Exit)
To pause S! Appli
Press c (Pause)
Tip
â˘ When S! Appli is paused
820SC returns to Standby and
appears.
â˘ When 820SC is closed while S! Appli is active
S! Appli is paused.
24
S! Appli
24-3
Restarting a Paused S! Appli
AIn Standby with S! Appli paused,
press c and select S! Appli
BPress w (Resume)
â˘ S! Appli properties
Open Details to see following properties:
Name, Description, Profiles, Certification, Size,
Record Size, Version, and Vendor.
Lock/Unlock
Managing S! Appli
Lock S! Appli to prevent accidental deletion.
Details
APress c and select S! Appli â
S! Application list
Open Details to confirm S! Appli properties.
APress c and select S! Appli â
S! Application list
24
Tip
S! Appli
BHighlight a S! Appli, select Options â
Details
BHighlight S! Appli, select Options â
Lock
Tip
â˘ Locked S! Appli Indicator
In S! Appli list,
appears.
â˘ To cancel lock
In Step 2, highlight locked S! Appli, select Options Ď
Unlock
24-4
Delete
APress c and select S! Appli â
S! Application list
BDelete S! Appli
To delete one S! Appli
Options Ď Delete Ď Selected Ď Yes
To delete multiple S! Appli
aOptions Ď Delete Ď Multiple
Tip
â˘ When all S! Appli are checked
In Step 2, perform a to c in "To delete multiple S!
Appli," press w (Delete) in d and proceed the
following procedures
a Enter Phone Password, press c (Confirm) and select
Yes
b Select Yes to delete all S! Appli or No to exclude
locked ones
â˘ To select/deselect multiple S! Appli at once
a In Step 2, select Options Ď Delete Ď Multiple
b Options Ď Mark all or Unmark all
bCheck S! Appli to delete
cRepeat Step b to check all target S! Appli
dPress w (Delete) and select Yes
To delete all S! Appli
mPet
With 820SC mPet, raise your own virtual pet. Train
or enjoy playing games with.
aOptions Ď Delete Ď All
bEnter Phone Password, press c (Confirm) and
cSelect Yes to delete all S! Appli or No to
exclude locked ones
S! Appli
select Yes
24
Selecting Pet
APress c and select S! Appli â
S! Application list â mPet â Yes
24-5
BUse s to select the pet and press c
(Select)
To select pet after checking action
Select Options Ď animate and press c (Select)
To select pet after checking direction
Tip
â˘ After selecting your pet
Garden appears. Play Stanga, Train, Commend or
Discipline pet, or change Location. Last active
Location appears first.
CEnter a name
â˘ Pet behavior
If no action is performed, pet becomes impatient and
barks; emotion text bubbles appear. If battery is low,
pet crouches.
DSelect Yes and press c
â˘ To end mPet
Press C or y
Select Options Ď turn and press c (Select)
â˘ To set mPet as Wallpaper ( P.8-2)
Emotion Indicator
24
mPet Window
S! Appli
24-6
â˘ mPet Help
Use mPet Help to see other operations. In mPet
window, select Options Ď Help or press o while Help
appears.
mPet Operations
Locatio
Navigation Modes & Operations
Open Options, then select Options to set Navigation.
When set to Shortcut mode, use number keys to
Living
Room
Operation
Shortcut
mode
Door
(Top Left)
Go to Garden
Back Door
(Top Right)
Go to Kitchen
Back Door
(Top Left)
Go to Living
Room
Door
(Top Right)
Go to Bed Room
Bowl
(Bottom
Right)
Feed Meal
Today's
Saying
(Bottom
Left)
Show Today's
Saying
Snacks
Feed Snacks
(Top Center)
location.
Locatio
Garden
Operation
Shortcut
mode
Walking
mode
Description
Play Ding Dong
game
Front Door
Go to Living
(Top Center) Room
Flower Bed
(Top Right)
Go for a walk
Ball
(Bottom
Right)
Play Stanza
game
Kitchen
24
S! Appli
Notes
(Top Left)
Description
move your pet. When set to Walking mode, use a to
move your pet. Available operations vary by
Walking
mode
24-7
Locatio
Bed
Room
Bed
Room
Operation
Shortcut
mode
Walking
mode
Item
Description
Door
(Top Left)
Laundry
Basket
Bathe pet
(Top Center)
Go to Kitchen
Dog House
(Top Right)
Put Pet to Bed
Book
(Bottom
Right)
English Quiz
Injector
(Bottom
Left)
Medicate pet
In mPet window, press w (Action) to Train,
S! Appli
Commend or Discipline pet; its growth changes with
experience.
24-8
Commend
Discipline
Teach pet to sit down.
Roll
Teach pet to roll over.
Turn
Teach pet to turn around.
Bark
Teach pet to bark.
Paw
Teach pet to give you a paw.
Praise
Praise pet for good behavior.
Pet
Comfort pet for good behavier,
etc.
Warn
Command pet to behave.
Punish
Punish pet for bad behavior.
Tip
Action
24
Train
Description
Sit
â˘ When pet refuses to behave
Pet may disobey instructions depending on the number
of times an instruction is given or the pet's condition.
Instruct pet again or check its condition and remedy
any problems.
â˘ After an action
Pet barks and responds; an emotion text bubble appears
and status window opens. Check status by Health,
Fatigue, Fullness, Clean, Stress, Obedient or Intimacy.
Options
Item
Description
Location
Select from Garden, Living room,
Kitchen or Bedroom.
Pet Inventory
Open for additional options for
the specified pet ( P.24-9).
Pet Status
See pet's physical and emotional
state.
Options
Select mPet sound/display settings
( P.24-10).
Help
See a basic mPet description.
Other Operations
Adopt a New Pet
Adopt up to five pets.
CPerform Steps 2 and 3 in "Select Pet"
( P.24-5)
Pet Inventory
AIn mPet window, select Options â Pet
Inventory
BSelect a pet
Tip
â˘ Pet status
In Step 2, select Options Ď View status
â˘ Rename your pet
a In Step 2, highlight the pet
b Options Ď Rename
c Enter a name
24
S! Appli
AIn mPet window, select Options â Pet
Inventory
BSelect Options â Adopt New pet
24-9
Say Goodbye
AIn mPet window, select Options â Pet
Inventory
BHighlight pet and select Options â
Say Goodbye
CPress o (Yes)
DPress c
Sound & Navigation
Default
Setting
Sound: Sound only
Navigation: Shortcut mode
âŤ ŘšâŹSound type: Voice
âŤŘšâŹ
âŤŘšâŹ
AIn mPet window, select Options â
Options
BPerform operations
To set pet sound
aSelect Sound
Note
bSelect an item and Press c
â˘ Once given up, pet cannot be restored.
To set operation mode
aSelect Navigation
bSelect an item and Press c
24
To set action menu sound
S! Appli
aSelect Sound type
bSelect an item and Press c
CPress c
24-10
Tip
â˘ Sound Items
Sound & Vibrate: Pet barks and 820SC vibrates
simultaneously.
Sound only: Pet barks.
Vibrate: 820SC vibrates with no pet barking.
No sound: No vibration and with no pet barking.
â˘ Navigation Items
Shortcut mode: Show available shortcuts indicators in
mPet window to use assigned shortcuts keys.
Walking mode: Use a to move locations with the pet.
â˘ Sound type Items
Voice: Indicate the selected action operation by voice.
Melody: Indicate the selected action operation by
melody.
To browse CCF files, acquire Content Key. No
Content Key is required to browse the default sample
files in 820SC.
Browsing Electronic Comic
APress c and select S! Appli â
S! application list
â ăłăăăŻăľăźăăŁăł
Tip
â˘ After starting
Refer to ăăŤă in ăłăăăŻăľăźăăŁăł .
Comic Surfing
24
ŕ ŚŕĄŕ śŕ ˘ŕ ¨ŕĄŻŕĄŕ ŕĄŚ is the file viewer for browsing
S! Appli
electronic comic/photo book files (CCF files) saved
in Book folder in Data Folder. Enlarge/reduce
images, scroll page, browse images with sound/
vibration effects.
24-11
Security
Default
Setting
Net Access: Per session
Application Autoinvocation: Per session
âŤ ŘšâŹLocal connectivity: Per session
âŤ ŘšâŹRead user data access: Per access
âŤ ŘšâŹWrite use data access: Per access
âŤŘšâŹ
âŤŘšâŹ
For Mobile Internet access
Select Net Access
For automatic activation
Select Application Autoinvocation
For external device connection
Select Local connectivity
Set access/confirmation condition for S! Appli.
For read user data access
APress c and select S! Appli â
S! Application list
Select Read user data access
BHighlight S! Appli, select Options â
Permissions
CSelect items
24
S! Appli
24-12
For write user data access
Select Write user data access
DSelect items and press c (Save)
Tip
â˘ Permissions Items
Select one item for each application; available options
vary.
Always: Confirmation does not appear.
Per session: Confirmation appears once per session.
Per access: Confirmation appears each time
application is accessed.
Never: Confirmation does not appear.
â˘ To restore defaults
In Step 3, select Reset Ď Yes
S! Appli Settings
Make S! Appli settings and restore defaults.
Backlight
APress c and select S! Appli â
S! Appli settings â Backlight
BSelect the setting and press c
Tip
â˘ Backlight Items
Always On: Set the backlight always on.
Always Off: Set the backlight always off.
Normal settings: Settings of Backlight time ( P.8-7)
for Display settings take priority.
Application Volume
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Level 3
Setting
Adjust the volume of sounds.
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
Normal settings
Set Display settings for the backlight.
APress c and select S! Appli â
S! Appli settings â Application
Volume
S! Appli
Setting
24
24-13
BUse a to adjust volume and press c
Tip
Default
â˘ Sound volume in Manner Profile
Manner Profile Phone sounds settings apply.
Vibration
Default
âŤŘšâŹ
ON
Setting
Activate to use vibration with compatible S! Appli.
APress c and select S! Appli â
S! Appli settings â Vibration
BSelect an item and press c
24
S! Appli Sort
âŤŘšâŹ
By Date
Setting
APress c and select S! Appli â
S! Appli settings â S! Appli Sort
BSelect an item and press c
Reset S! Appli Settings
Restore S! Appli settings to defaults.
APress c and select S! Appli â
S! Appli settings â Reset S! Appli
settings
S! Appli
BEnter Phone Password, press
c (Confirm) and select Yes
24-14
Appendix
Main Menu
Item
Functions
25
Appendix
Main Menu
Item
S! Appli
Yahoo! Keitai
Media Player
Camera
Item
Page
S! Application list
P.24-2
S! Appli Settings
P.24-13
Yahoo! Keitai
P.21-3
Bookmarks
P.22-9
Saved pages
P.22-8
Enter URL
P.21-3
History
P.22-11
Browser settings
P.23-2
Music
P.10-3
Video
P.10-8
Take photo
P.7-5
Record video
P.7-11
Go to photos
P.7-6
Go to videos
P.7-12
Dynamic effect list P.7-19
Video editor
25-2
P.7-17
Data Folder
Messaging
Item
Page
Pictures
P.11-2
Videos
P.11-2
Sounds &
Ringtones
P.11-2
S! Appli
P.11-2
Book
P.11-2
Other documents
P.11-2
Memory status
P.11-3
Received msgs
P.17-4, 18-2
Create msg
P.17-8
Drafts
P.18-8
Unsent msgs
P.18-9
Sent msgs
P.18-8
Templates
P.17-15
Server mail box
P.19-2
Settings
P.20-2, 20-5
Memory status
P.18-2
Main Menu
Item
Phonebook
Page
Main Menu
Item
Item
Page
Alarms
P.14-2
Phone settings
Calendar
P.14-5
Sound settings
P.9-4
Voice recorder
P.14-15
Display settings
P.8-1
World clock
P.14-18
Calculator
P.14-19
Converter
P.14-20
Connectivity
P.12-1
Stopwatch
P.14-22
Security
P.13-1
Dictionary
P.14-23
Software update
P.25-10
Slide show
P.8-2
Memory settings
P.13-10, 15-9
Interpreter
P.14-23
Memory status
P.14-13
Phonebook list
P.5-10
Call settings
Settings
25
Appendix
Tools
Item
Phonebook settings P.5-1
25-3
Troubleshooting
25
Appendix
âŤ ŘšâŹ820SC does not turn on
" Is battery empty?
# Replace or charge battery.
" Is battery installed in 820SC?
# Install battery correctly.
âŤ ŘšâŹWhen power is turned on, PIN entry
window appears
" Is PIN lock set to Enable?
# If PIN lock is Enable, enter PIN.
âŤ ŘšâŹWhen power is turned on, USIM
password entry window appears
" Is USIM lock set to Enable?
# If USIM lock is Enable, enter USIM
password.
25-4
âŤ ŘšâŹPlease insert USIM card or This card
cannot be recognized appears when
820SC is turned on or executing a function
" Is USIM Card correctly installed?
# Check to see if USIM Card is correctly
installed. If the message appears even
though USIM Card is correctly installed,
it may be damaged.
" Is an incorrect USIM Card used?
# Check to see if correct USIM Card is
used. Use USIM Card specified by
SoftBank.
" Is there debris on USIM Card IC chip?
# Remove debris with a clean, dry cloth,
and then install USIM Card correctly.
âŤ ŘšâŹReading USIM Cannot operate or Reading
USIM Card Cannot start appears
# USIM Card data is being read. Try again
âŤ ŘšâŹA Busy tone continues after dialing
" Have you entered a phone number
beginning with zero such as an area code?
# Enter a phone number beginning with
zero such as an area code.
" Is 820SC set to Offline mode?
appears)
# Change 820SC to another mode such as
Normal.
or
appears and no calls can be
initiated
" 820SC is out-of-range.
25
Appendix
later.
âŤŘšâŹ
# Move to a place where the signal is
stronger and try again.
âŤ ŘšâŹCalls are interrupted or disconnected
" Does
or
appear?
# Move to a place where the signal is
stronger and try again.
" Is battery empty?
# Replace or charge battery.
âŤ ŘšâŹUnable to initiate a call
" Is Call Barring set?
# Deactivate Call Barring.
25-5
25
âŤ ŘšâŹUnable to open Phonebook entry, Data
Folder, Call Log, Calendar, or Messaging
" Is Privacy lock set?
Appendix
# Cancel Privacy lock.
âŤ ŘšâŹClicking noise is heard during a call
" Noise may be generated when signal is
weak or while moving between coverage
areas.
âŤ ŘšâŹUnable to charge battery
" Is AC Charger Connector securely
inserted?
# Insert AC Charger Connector securely.
" Is AC Charger plug securely inserted?
# Insert AC Charger plug securely.
" Is battery installed in 820SC?
# Install battery correctly.
25-6
" Are 820SC terminals, battery terminals
and AC Charger clean?
# Clean contacts with a dry cotton swab.
" Was battery charged in ambient
temperature below 5 ÂşC or above 40 ÂşC.
# Charge battery in ambient temperature
between 5 ÂşC and 40 ÂşC.
" Battery may need to be replaced.
# Install a new battery.
" Does battery always lose its charge
quickly after being charged?
# Battery life has expired. Replace with a
new battery.
" Does 820SC or battery become very
warm during charging?
the operating environment (Ambient
charging may stop. After 820SC and
temperature, charging conditions, or
battery are cool, retry charging.
Signal Strength), operations, and settings.
âŤ ŘšâŹDevices become hot
" During charging, AC Charger may heat
up.
" 820SC may heat up during charging/long
calls.
# If 820SC can be touched with your hand,
it is normal. If it is too hot to touch,
immediately stop charging and contact
Customer Service ( P.25-25).
# Use 820SC in an appropriate environment
and reduce operations requiring high
power ( P.1-14).
âŤ ŘšâŹDisplay flickers
" Is 820SC used near a fluorescent light?
# Use 820SC as far away from a fluorescent
light as possible.
âŤ ŘšâŹDisplay is dim or unlit
" This may be due to the characteristics of
Display and not a problem. The time
(seconds) until Display is dimmed or unlit
25-7
25
Appendix
# If the temperature rises too much,
âŤ ŘšâŹBattery drains quickly
" Battery may drain quickly depending on
can be changed by adjusting the
Backlight time.
25
Appendix
âŤ ŘšâŹUnable to play music through speaker
" Is Manner Profile set?
# Cancel Manner Profile.
" Is the stereo earphone microphone
connected?
# Disconnect the connector for the stereo
earphone microphone from 820SC.
âŤ ŘšâŹToo many applications are already running,
thus unable to launch anymore appears
" Memory is low or full.
# Delete unnecessary S! Mail messages. If
multiple functions are active, close some.
25-8
âŤ ŘšâŹUnable to establish BluetoothÂŽ or USB
connections using Samsung PC Studio
" Is the USB driver installed? (for USB
connection)
# If communications are executed
connecting to a personal computer with
the supplied USB cable, installing the
driver is required. Install the driver from
the supplied CD-ROM.
" Is the connection method set correctly on
the personal computer?
# Set the connection method to USB or
Bluetooth on the Connection Manager of
Samsung PC Studio or the Connection
Wizard for the communication in use.
" Are BluetoothÂŽ or PC USB connection
port and Samsung PC Studio the same?
for Samsung PC Studio Connection
Manager or Connection Wizard.
âŤ ŘšâŹSome Phonebook entries do not appear
" Is 820SC set to Hide in Secret Mode?
# Set to Show in Secret Mode.
âŤ ŘšâŹMessage cannot be created
" Shared Memory may be full.
# Delete messages. If less than 464 KB,
messages cannot be created.
# Try again later.
âŤ ŘšâŹAll available connections are busy appears
" New S! Mail arrives while 820SC is
being used for packet data
communications.
# End the data communication and try
again.
âŤ ŘšâŹService unavailable appears
" 820SC is outside the service area.
# Send from within the service area.
âŤ ŘšâŹTry again appears
" Signal conditions are poor.
# Move for a stronger signal and try again.
âŤ ŘšâŹNo response appears
" Network/Server is busy.
# Try again later.
25-9
25
Appendix
# Make sure port settings match those set
âŤ ŘšâŹSending message failed or Unknown error
appears
" Network connection failed.
25
Appendix
âŤ ŘšâŹChange from flight profile to other profile
for network service, created message will be
saved in outbox appears
" Offline mode is active.
# Cancel Offline mode and try again.
âŤ ŘšâŹCannot download because of too large data
appears
" S! Appli memory is full.
# Delete unnecessary S! Appli and try
again.
âŤ ŘšâŹReceived invalid data. Quit download or
Cannot download because of too large data
appears
# File cannot be downloaded; cancel
download.
Software Update
Check for 820SCÎ¤ software updates and download
as required. Choose to begin Update or Schedule
update.
APress c and select Settings â Software
update
BPress w (Yes)
820SC connects to network.
CRead Terms of Use and select Agree
Read through Terms of Use before selecting
Agree.
DEnter Center Access Code ( P.1-27)
and press c
Update Result appears.
25-10
EPress c
To update immediately
completed, 820SC turns the power off and on
again; then Notification window appears.
Notification Window
â˘ Procedures
Find details on SoftBank Website (http://
www.softbank.jp).
25
â˘ Connection fees
No fees are applied to update checks or downloads.
â˘ Scheduled update time
Notification appears. Press c or wait ten seconds.
Update will not start while 820SC is in use. When
operation ends, confirmation window appears.
However if operation does not end within ten minutes
of scheduled update time, scheduled update is
automatically canceled.
To schedule later update
aSelect Schedule update
bPress w (Yes)
cSelect schedule date and press c
dSelect schedule time and press c
eConfirm schedule date & time and press c
Notification Window
â˘ To cancel Schedule update
a Perform Steps 1 to 5, select Cancel schedule
b Press w (Yes)
25-11
Appendix
Select Update now to start the update. When
Tip
Note
25
â˘ Charge battery beforehand; if low, update may fail.
Appendix
â˘ If Scheduled update time arrives while 820SC is
out-of-range, Software Update is canceled.
â˘ Remain within strong, stable signal conditions.
â˘ 820SC Phonebook entries, media files, and other
contents are not affected by software updates, but
always back-up important information (note that
some files cannot be copied). SoftBank is not liable
for damages from lost information, etc.
â˘ 820SC transmissions are disabled during update.
â˘ Update may take some time to complete.
â˘ Update failure may disable 820SC. Contact
SoftBank Customer Center, Customer Assistance.
25-12
Symbols & Pictograms
Symbols
Double-byte Symbols
ä
Single-byte Symbols
25
Appendix
Symbol Conversions
Symbol
Label
Symbol
Symbol
Label
Symbol
Ţ˝ßßŁ
ă§Ź"
ßßź
ĚŞ
ŢżßŕĄŻŕ
ă§Š
ßŕ ŕ
ă§Śă§§
ßŕ
ăŠŻ
ßŕ ßß
ŮŮŮŮ
ßŕ ß˛
Ű
ßßß
âŤŘšŘşâŹŮ Ů
ßßŕ
Â
ß¤ß
ßßß
ßŕ
âŤŢ ŢâŹ
âŤŢ˘ŢĄâŹ
âŤŢ¤ŢŁâŹ
âŤßŁŕ ßŕĄŻßŹ ŢŢâŹ
=?ĚâŤĚŢâŹ
ĚâŤĚŢâŹ
ă§âŤŢâŹă§
Ţ§âŤßßś Ţ¨ŢâŹ
ă¨âŤŢâŹă¨ă¨§âŤŢâŹă¨ŠâŤŢŢŢŢŢŢâŹ
ßšŕ
ă¨Ş
ßżßŕ ß
ŕ âŤŢŢâŹ

âŤÚÚâŹ
Ů¤Ů¨Ů§
ĎĎĎĎ
25-13
Pictograms
25
Appendix
â˘ Pictograms with
25-14
are animated.
â˘ Some pictograms and animated pictograms may not appear properly on some models of SoftBank handsets or other
devices.
25
Appendix
25-15
Memory List
Specifications
25
Appendix
Shared Memory
S! Mail
SMS
820SC specifications may change without prior
Received msgs
Up to 500 messages
notice.
Drafts
Up to 10 messages
Unsent msgs
Up to 10 messages
SoftBank 820SC
Sent msgs
Up to 250 messages
Received msgs
Up to 500 messages
Drafts
Up to 10 messages
Unsent msgs
Up to 10 messages
Sent msgs
Up to 250 messages
Pictures
Item
Weight
Approximately 95 g
Continuous Talk
Time
Voice Call:
Approximately 165 minutes (3G)
Approximately 310 minutes
(GSM)
Video Call:
Approximately 100 minutes (3G)
Videos
Data Folder
Sounds &
Ringtones
S! Appli
Book
Other documents
Up to 999 items
(files and
subfolders) per
folder
Specification
Continuous Standby
Time (820SC closed Approximately 255 hours (3G)
Approximately 300 hours (GSM)
and sub Display
OFF)
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Approximately 51.4 x 102.5 x
11.9 ŕŚ (820SC closed)
Maximum Output
0.25 W
â˘ 820SC with battery installed.
25-16
â˘ Frequent 820SC operations requiring Backlight
(e.g., Yahoo! Keitai) may reduce Continuous Talk
Time and Continuous Standby Time.
â˘ Using video for Wallpaper may significantly
reduce Continuous Talking and Continuous
Standby Times.
â˘ Using S! Appli may reduce Continuous Talking
and Continuous Standby Times.
â˘ Continuous Talk Time is an average measured with
a new, fully charged battery in stable signal
conditions. Continuous Standby Time is an
average measured with a new, fully charged battery
with 820SC closed without calls or operations, in
Standby, in stable signal conditions. Alternating
between usage and Standby shortens Continuous
Talk Time and Continuous Standby Time. Talk
Time/Standby Time may vary by environment
(battery status, ambient temperature, etc.).
Battery
Item
25
Specification
Voltage
3.7 V
Type
Lithium-ion
Capacity
880 mAh
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Approximately 46.3 x 36.9 x 5.2
mm
(without protruding parts)
AC Charger
Item
Specification
Power Source
AC 100 V-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(with power cable)
Output Voltage/
Current
DC 5 V/720 mA
Charging
Temperature
5 to 40 ÂşC
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
Approximately 53 x 49 x 20 mm
(without cables)
Cord Length
Approximately 180 cm
25-17
Appendix
â˘ Battery Time is calculated by SoftBank under
stable signal conditions. Calling in poor signal
conditions or leaving 820SC on out-of-range will
consume more power and may reduce Battery
Time by more than half.
INDEX
AC Charger .............................................1-15
Acoustic shock ........................................15-5
Activate Secret mode .........................13-6
Activating BluetoothÂŽ .......................12-4
Activating S! Appli ..............................24-3
Active Folder ...........................................15-6
Add to playlist ........................................10-4
Adding Reject Black List ................13-9
Adjusting earpiece volume ...............2-7
Adjusting ringtone volume ...... 2-3, 6-3
Adjusting volume level to play
.......................................................... 10-7, 10-11
Alarms .........................................................14-2
All music ....................................................10-3
Anniversary .............................................14-9
Answer Machine .....................................2-5
Answering mode ...................................12-9
Anykey answer ......................................15-5
...................................................................... 12-2
Attaching files ...................................... 18-13
Attaching to a message for sending
still images ........................................... 7-20
Attaching to a message for sending
videos ............................................7-20, 11-13
Attaching/Inserting a file .............. 17-14
Audio Skin ............................................... 10-7
Auto power ON ..................................... 14-4
Auto redial ............................................... 15-2
Backlight ................................ 8-7, 10-8, 24-13
Battery ...............................................1-11, 1-13
BluetoothÂŽ ................................................ 12-2
BluetoothÂŽ Address ........................... 12-3
BluetoothÂŽ service .............................. 12-3
Browser Information ........................ 23-3
Cache ........................................................... 21-2
Calculator ............................................... 14-19
Calendar ....................................................14-5
Calendar window format ................14-6
Call answer mode ..................................9-3
Call cost limit ..........................................2-12
Call Log Records ....................................2-9
Call Transfer service .........................16-3
Call Waiting ............................................16-8
Caller ID ..................................................16-13
Camera .........................................................7-2
Camera mode ...........................................7-4
Camera setting .......................................7-13
Capturing continuous images ........7-8
Capturing in Mosaic shot .................7-9
Capturing mode ......................................7-4
Capturing still images .........................7-5
Capturing videos ..................................7-10
Category ......................................................5-7
Centre access code ...............................1-23
Certificates ................................... 22-16, 23-4
Changing a file name .......................11-14
Changing a folder name .... 11-14, 18-15
Changing mail address .....................20-2
Changing phone password .............13-2
25-17
25
Appendix
Applicable Profiles for BluetoothÂŽ
25
Appendix
Changing PIN .........................................13-2
Changing PIN2 ......................................13-2
Changing profile .....................................3-3
Changing settings of each profile
........................................................................9-2
Changing to SMS ...............................17-11
Changing to S! mail ..........................17-11
Changing voice recorder settings
....................................................................14-17
Charger Port .............................................1-8
Charging .......................................... 1-15, 1-16
Checking memory usage ....... 15-8, 18-2
Clear memory .......................................13-10
Clock Display ............................................8-4
Conference Call .....................................16-9
Connecting a BluetoothÂŽcompatible device ................... 12-6, 12-9
Connection to another Bluetooth
devices .....................................................12-6
Content key info ..................................11-14
Converting currency or unit .......14-20
Cookie setting .........................................23-2
Copy text ..................................................22-13
25-18
Copying characters ............................ 4-12
Copying files ......................................... 11-16
Copying folders ................................... 11-16
Copying items ........................................ 5-13
Copying Phonebook ........................... 5-15
Copyrighted file icons ....................... 18-5
Country code .......................................... 15-3
Creating a folder .....................11-14, 18-15
Creating a play list ............................. 10-5
Creating messages ............................... 17-6
Current contacts .................................... 2-9
Cutting characters .............................. 4-12
Data folder ......................................7-15, 11-2
Date and time setting ........................ 1-18
Default name ........................................ 14-17
Default style ............................................ 20-4
Deleting a bookmark ....................... 22-11
Deleting a file ........................................ 11-17
Deleting a folder ......................11-17, 18-16
Deleting a Saved page ....................... 22-9
Deleting a S! Appli .............................. 24-5
Deleting access logs ...........................22-11
Deleting Cache .......................................23-4
Deleting Calendar items ................14-13
Deleting Call Log Records .............2-10
Deleting characters .............................4-11
Deleting Cookies ...................................23-4
Deleting messages ................................18-9
Deleting messages in server ...........19-3
Deleting My devices ............................12-5
Deleting Phonebook ............................5-15
Deleting still images ..............................7-6
Deleting templates ..........4-16, 18-9, 18-11
Dialed Call Log Records ...................2-9
Dialing display .........................................8-8
Dictionary ...............................................14-22
Display ..........................................................1-8
Display brightness .................................8-7
Display mode ..........................................14-7
Display Operator name ......................8-5
Display rendering ..............................22-12
Display size of videos .......................10-12
Displaying Slide show ......................17-12
Download Content Key ..................11-14
E
Earphone call ..........................................15-3
Editing bookmarks ...........................22-10
Editing Calendar details ................14-12
Editing Phonebook ..............................5-14
Editing still images ..............................7-15
Editing Style ..........................................17-12
Editing the title for a Saved page
......................................................................22-8
Editing Videos ........................................7-17
Effect sound and keypad tone
volume .......................................................9-2
Effect sound setting ...................... 9-3, 9-7
Effects ..........................................................7-12
Encode .......................................................22-15
Entering a number to select an item
......................................................................1-21
Entering by quoting text ..................4-10
Entering characters ......................4-2, 4-4
Entering emoticons ............................... 4-9
Entering pictograms ............................ 4-9
Entering symbols ................................... 4-9
Entering URL ........................................ 21-3
Entry mode for characters .............. 4-2
Event list .................................................. 14-12
External Device Port ........................... 1-8
File details .............................................. 11-14
File Viewer ............................................... 11-5
Font size .............................4-14, 8-6, 8-9, 23-3
Forwarding .............................................. 18-8
Forwarding Messages ....................... 19-4
Forwarding messages in server .. 19-4
Frames .................................................7-6, 7-16
Greeting Messages
................................ 8-9
Holiday .......................................................14-9
Home zone ................................................1-20
Icons for attached files ....................17-16
Icons for files ................................. 11-2, 11-4
Icons on Drafts list ..............................18-4
Icons on My devices list ...................12-6
Icons on Received messages list
......................................................................18-4
Icons on Sent messages .....................18-5
Icons on Unsent messages list .......18-5
Image display ..........................................23-2
In-car charger ........................................1-16
Initiating a call ............................... 2-2, 2-15
Initiating a call overseas ..................2-15
Initiating a Video Call ........................6-2
Initiating an international call
.............................................................. 2-2, 2-15
Inserting/Removing USIM Card .1-3
Installing and removing battery .1-13
25-19
25
Appendix
Downloading a S! Appli ...................24-2
Drafts ...........................................................18-2
DTMF .................................................... 2-8, 6-5
Dynamic effect list ...............................7-19
25
Appendix
International code ................................15-2
International roaming .......................2-13
Interpreter ..............................................14-23
Invoking a function with Switch Bar
......................................................................1-22
Invoking functions from Main menu
......................................................................1-20
Items to save to Phonebook
.............5-2
Java Script ................................................23-3
Jump .............................................................4-13
Key assignments .....................................4-3
Keypad tone ...............................................9-3
Language ...................................................8-10
List Font Size ............................................8-6
Locking/unlocking .............................11-14
Locking/unlocking files ..................11-14
25-20
Locking/Unlocking sound files .. 14-17
Locking/Unlocking S! Appli ......... 24-4
Mail art function .................................. 17-6
Mail Server .............................................. 19-2
Mailbox ...................................................... 18-2
Main menu style ..................................... 8-5
Manner profile ........................................ 3-2
Mark default number ....................... 5-14
Maximum of message size .............. 20-4
Media Player .......................................... 10-2
Memo ......................................................... 14-10
Message ...................................................... 17-2
Message details ...................................... 18-3
Message List ........................................... 19-2
Message type icon ................................ 18-3
Missed Call .........................................2-4, 2-9
Mobile Postcard ..................................... 7-7
Mobile tracker ....................................... 13-7
Modifying characters ........................ 4-11
Move to USIM ..................................... 18-20
mPet ............................................................. 24-5
mPostcard ...................................................7-6
Multi Selector ........................................... xiii
Mute ................................................2-3, 2-8, 9-3
My devices .............................12-4, 12-8, 12-9
My phoneâs name ...............................12-11
My phoneâs visibility ........................12-10
My phoneâs visibility for BluetoothÂŽ
....................................................................12-10
Network mode ........................................2-13
Network password ................... 1-24, 16-13
Network Profile .....................................2-13
Network selection .................................2-14
Network S! Appli .................................24-2
Offline Profile ...........................................3-2
Opening Saved page ...........................22-8
Operating messages in server ......19-2
Operations available during a Video
Call ..............................................................6-3
Operations during a call ....................2-8
P
Page Details ............................................22-14
Page Window ..........................................21-4
Password Lock .......................................13-5
Pasting characters ...............................4-12
Phone lock .................................................13-5
Phonebook search ..................................5-9
PIN ..................................................................1-5
PIN authentication at power on
.............................................................. 1-5, 13-3
PIN lock ......................................................13-3
PIN2 ................................................................1-5
PIN2 lock unlocking code ...............13-3
Player settings ............................ 10-6, 10-11
Playing melody ......................................10-3
Playing video ................................. 7-15, 10-8
Playing voice .........................................14-16
Popup menu ...............................................8-6
Power ON/OFF ............................1-17, 1-18
Predictive entry function ON/OFF
...................................................................... 4-13
Preferences .............................................. 23-2
Preferred network .............................. 2-14
Pre-installed ............................................ 11-2
Print via BluetoothÂŽ .......................... 12-7
Privacy Lock ........................................... 13-6
Providing Manufacturer Number
...................................................................... 23-3
PUK Code ..........................................1-5, 13-3
Putting a call on hold .......................... 2-7
Quoting for entries
............................. 4-10
Received call log ..................................... 2-9
Received messages .............................. 18-2
Receiving a call ....................................... 2-3
Receiving a Video Call ....................... 6-2
Receiving all messages ...................... 19-2
Receiving data via BluetoothÂŽ .... 12-7
Receiving message in server ..........19-2
Receiving settings .................................20-3
Record settings ....................................14-17
Recording voice ...................................14-16
Registering an S! Mail Template
....................................................................18-19
Registering as S! Mail Template
......................................................................18-6
Registering SMS templates ............4-15
Registering to bookmark ................22-9
Registering to Phonebook .................5-4
Rejecting call reception ....................15-6
Rejecting incoming calls ..................13-8
Renaming a still image file ...............7-6
Renaming My devices .......................12-5
Renaming sound files ......................14-17
Repeat mode ................................ 10-6, 10-11
Reply .................................................. 17-5, 18-7
Reply with text .......................................20-6
Reset all ....................................................13-11
Reset settings ........................................13-11
Resetting a call cost ............................2-11
Resetting Call times ............................2-11
25-21
25
Appendix
Option menu ...........................................1-23
Outgoing/incoming call barring
service ....................................................16-11
Owner information .............................5-16
25
Appendix
Resetting PIN lock ...............................13-3
Resetting S! Appli settings ...........24-14
Restarting paused S! Appli ............24-4
Retry function ........................................17-2
Retry with ...................................................6-7
Ringtone for a Voice Call ..................5-8
Saving a page ..........................................22-8
Saving as a template .........................17-20
Saving attached files .........................18-14
Saving images .........................................22-2
Saving sounds .........................................22-5
Saving to Drafts ..................................17-19
Schedule .....................................................14-7
Search text ..............................................22-13
Search type ...............................................5-12
Secure mode for data transfer ...12-11
Security .....................................................24-12
Security Codes .......................................1-23
Selecting 3G or GSM .........................2-13
Sending a bookmark URL ...........22-10
Sending a message from Drafts ...18-8
25-22
Sending data via BluetoothÂŽ ........ 12-6
Sending from Unsent Messages .. 18-9
Sending settings ............... 17-11, 20-2, 20-5
Sending sound files ........................... 14-16
Sending still images via BluetoothÂŽ
...................................................................... 12-6
Sending URL ........................................ 22-14
Sending videos via BluetoothÂŽ
.............................................................7-12, 12-6
Sending your image .............................. 6-6
Sent messages ......................................... 18-2
Server Certification ......................... 22-14
Server Mail Size ................................... 19-2
Shortcut operations ............................ 7-10
Shortcuts ..........................................1-22, 15-7
Side Key ..................................................... 15-6
Side Key Lock ........................................ 15-6
Simple Search Setting ....................... 15-7
Skin ............................................................... 10-8
Slide show ..........................................8-2, 11-3
SMS .....................................................17-2, 20-5
SMS templates ....................................... 4-10
Softkey ............................................................xii
Software Update .................................25-10
Sort .........................................11-9, 14-13, 18-17
Sorting files ..............................................11-9
Sound file details ................................14-17
Sound file setting ................................14-16
Sound playback .....................................23-2
Sound Settings .........................................9-4
Speaker Phone call ................................2-7
Speed dialing ...........................................5-12
SSL/TLS ....................................................21-2
SSL/TLS certificate ............................23-4
Still image details ...................................7-6
Stopping or Pausing S! Appli .......24-3
Stopwatch ...............................................14-22
Streaming ..................................................22-7
Sub LCD Light ........................................8-8
Substitute images ...................................6-6
SVG-T/FlashÂŽ Viewer ......................11-8
Switching callers .................................16-10
S! Appli .......................................................24-2
S! Appli detailed information ......24-4
S! Mail .........................................................17-2
S! Mail templates ...............................17-14
T
Unsent messages ...................................18-2
Updating information ......................22-13
Updating mail list .................................19-2
USB connection ...................................12-11
User dictionary ......................................4-14
USIM Card ................................................1-2
USIM lock .................................................13-4
USIM password .....................................13-5
Using a file ..............................................11-10
Using a template .................................17-14
Using SMS templates .........................4-15
Various settings for Video Call .....6-6
vFile ............................................................11-12
Vibration ....................................... 14-2, 24-14
.................................................................... 14-12
Viewing your phone number
(My Phonebook details) .............. 5-16
Visualization ........................................... 10-7
Voice Mail Service .............................. 16-5
Voice Recorder .................................... 14-15
Volume ...................................... 2-7, 9-2, 24-13
Web connection from access logs
....................................................................22-11
World clock
...........................................14-18
Yahoo! Keitai ........................................22-16
Zoom list ......................................................8-7
Numerics
3D Pictogram ..........................................20-5
Wake-up Alarm .................................... 14-2
Wallpaper ................................................... 8-2
Web .............................................................. 21-2
Web access from a bookmark ... 22-10
25-23
25
Appendix
Task ............................................................14-10
Templates ........................................ 4-10, 18-2
Timer ...........................................................7-11
Vibrator/Sound settings .................... 9-2
Video Mode ............................................. 7-10
Video settings ......................................... 7-14
Viewfinder .................................................. 7-3
Viewing a file .......................................... 11-3
Viewing attached files ..................... 18-13
Viewing Call cost ................................. 2-11
Viewing Call Log Records ............... 2-9
Viewing Call times .............................. 2-11
Viewing Saved Calendar Entries
25
Warranty & After Sales
Service
Appendix
Warranty
The purchased 820SC comes with a Warranty.
â˘ Check the shop and date of purchase.
â˘ Read through the contents of the Warranty and
keep it in a safe place.
â˘ The warranty period can be found in the Warranty.
SoftBank is not liable for damages to you or a third
party from missed calls, etc. due to handset failure or
malfunction, etc.
Repair Requests
Before submitting 820SC for repair, consult the
"Troubleshooting" section.
for a solution. If a problem persists, contact
Customer Service ( P.25-25) or the nearest
25-24
SoftBank shop; be prepared to describe problem in
detail.
â˘ During the warranty period, repairs will be made
under the terms and conditions described in the
warranty.
â˘ After the warranty period, repairs will be upon
request; if said repairs can be made, you will be
charged for them.
Note
â˘ 820SC files and settings may be lost or altered due
to accidents or repairs. Keep a copy of important
files, etc. like Phonebook entries. SoftBank is not
liable for damages resulting from accidental loss or
alteration of 820SC files (Phonebook, Data Folder,
etc.) or settings.
â˘ Disassembling or modifying this product may be a
violation of the Radio Law. Note that SoftBank will
not accept repair requests for disassembled or
modified products.
Customer Service
25
If you have questions about SoftBank handsets or services, please call General Information.
Appendix
For repairs, please call Customer Assistance.
SoftBank Customer Center
SoftBank International Call Center
From a SoftBank handset, dial toll free at
157 for General Information or
113 for Customer Assistance
From outside Japan, dial +81-3-5351-3491
(Please take care to dial correctly;
international charges will apply.)
Call these numbers toll free from landlines.
Subscription Areas
Hokkaido, Aomori, Akita, Iwate, Yamagata, Miyagi, Fukushima,
Niigata, Tokyo, Kanagawa, Chiba, Saitama, Ibaraki, Tochigi,
Gunma, Yamanashi, Nagano, Toyama, Ishikawa, Fukui
Contact
General Information
0088-240-157 (Tollfree)
Customer Assistance
0088-240-113 (Tollfree)
General Information
0088-241-157 (Tollfree)
Customer Assistance
0088-241-113 (Tollfree)
Aichi, Gifu, Mie, Shizuoka
25-25
Subscription Areas
Contact
General Information
0088-242-157 (Tollfree)
Customer Assistance
0088-242-113 (Tollfree)
General Information
0088-250-157 (Tollfree)
Customer Assistance
0088-250-113 (Tollfree)
Osaka, Hyogo, Kyoto, Nara, Shiga, Wakayama
Hiroshima, Okayama, Yamaguchi, Tottori, Shimane, Tokushima,
Kagawa, Ehime, Kochi, Fukuoka, Saga, Nagasaki, Oita,
Kumamoto, Miyazaki, Kagoshima, Okinawa
25-26
SoftBank 820SC
User Guide
February 2007 Version 1
SOFTBANK MOBILE
Corp.
To help protect the environment and
recycle valuable resources, mobile
phone, and PHS shops displaying the
above mark accept mobile phones,
batteries, and chargers of all
manufacturers.
*Mobile phones, batteries, and chargers
collected for recycling cannot be
returned.
*To protect your privacy, delete any
personal information (telephone
*For more information, please
visit your nearest SoftBank
Model name: SoftBank 820SC
Manufacturer:Samsung
Electronics Co.,

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
Encryption                      : Standard V2.3 (128-bit)
User Access                     : Print, Print high-res
XMP Toolkit                     : 3.1-701
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 7.0 (Windows)
Create Date                     : 2007:12:27 12:44:16-05:00
Modify Date                     : 2007:12:27 12:45:36-05:00
Metadata Date                   : 2007:12:27 12:45:36-05:00
Document ID                     : uuid:287DCDB89DB4DC1183A38723AC1BCE5C
Instance ID                     : uuid:42e1badc-6f56-446c-8071-e6e36dabf3c7
Derived From Document Name      : uuid:b275a013-d113-4166-afa0-c9b7d0654bb5
Derived From Instance ID        : uuid:1ec79972-ed24-4681-a336-64d885a32f62
Derived From Document ID        : uuid:294365e4-5920-4b61-b8dc-91605ab2ed11
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : 707SCII(web).book
Creator                         : user
Page Count                      : 428
Author                          : user

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Samsung Electronics Co 820SC PCS GSM/ EDGE Phone with Bluetooth User Manual 707SCII web

Samsung Electronics Co Ltd PCS GSM/ EDGE Phone with Bluetooth 707SCII web

Users Manual

FCC ID Filing: A3L820SC

Navigation menu

Namespaces

Views

Navigation